Sun Ethernet Fabric Operating System CLI Reference Manual, Vol. 5
Part No: E60929-02
August 2015
Copyright © 2015, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them to us in writing.
If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, then the following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS. Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.
This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, the AMD logo, and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services, except as set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle.
Documentation Accessibility
For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc.
Access to Oracle Support
Oracle customers that have purchased support have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired.
Copyright © 2015, Oracle et/ou ses affiliés. Tous droits réservés.
Ce logiciel et la documentation qui l'accompagne sont protégés par les lois sur la propriété intellectuelle. Ils sont concédés sous licence et soumis à des restrictions d'utilisation et de divulgation. Sauf stipulation expresse de votre contrat de licence ou de la loi, vous ne pouvez pas copier, reproduire, traduire, diffuser, modifier, breveter, transmettre, distribuer, exposer, exécuter, publier ou afficher le logiciel, même partiellement, sous quelque forme et par quelque procédé que ce soit. Par ailleurs, il est interdit de procéder à toute ingénierie inverse du logiciel, de le désassembler ou de le décompiler, excepté à des fins d'interopérabilité avec des logiciels tiers ou tel que prescrit par la loi.
Les informations fournies dans ce document sont susceptibles de modification sans préavis. Par ailleurs, Oracle Corporation ne garantit pas qu'elles soient exemptes d'erreurs et vous invite, le cas échéant, à lui en faire part par écrit.
Si ce logiciel, ou la documentation qui l'accompagne, est concédé sous licence au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis, ou à toute entité qui délivre la licence de ce logiciel ou l'utilise pour le compte du Gouvernement des Etats-Unis, la notice suivante s'applique:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS. Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.
Ce logiciel ou matériel a été développé pour un usage général dans le cadre d'applications de gestion des informations. Ce logiciel ou matériel n'est pas conçu ni n'est destiné à être utilisé dans des applications à risque, notamment dans des applications pouvant causer des dommages corporels. Si vous utilisez ce logiciel ou matériel dans le cadre d'applications dangereuses, il est de votre responsabilité de prendre toutes les mesures de secours, de sauvegarde, de redondance et autres mesures nécessaires à son utilisation dans des conditions optimales de sécurité. Oracle Corporation et ses affiliés déclinent toute responsabilité quant aux dommages causés par l'utilisation de ce logiciel ou matériel pour ce type d'applications.
Oracle et Java sont des marques déposées d'Oracle Corporation et/ou de ses affiliés. Tout autre nom mentionné peut correspondre à des marques appartenant à d'autres propriétaires qu'Oracle.
Intel et Intel Xeon sont des marques ou des marques déposées d'Intel Corporation. Toutes les marques SPARC sont utilisées sous licence et sont des marques ou des marques déposées de SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, le logo AMD et le logo AMD Opteron sont des marques ou des marques déposées d'Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX est une marque déposée d'The Open Group.
Ce logiciel ou matériel et la documentation qui l'accompagne peuvent fournir des informations ou des liens donnant accès à des contenus, des produits et des services émanant de tiers. Oracle Corporation et ses affiliés déclinent toute responsabilité ou garantie expresse quant aux contenus, produits ou services émanant de tiers, sauf mention contraire stipulée dans un contrat entre vous et Oracle. En aucun cas, Oracle Corporation et ses affiliés ne sauraient être tenus pour responsables des pertes subies, des coûts occasionnés ou des dommages causés par l'accès à des contenus, produits ou services tiers, ou à leur utilisation, sauf mention contraire stipulée dans un contrat entre vous et Oracle.
Accessibilité de la documentation
Pour plus d'informations sur l'engagement d'Oracle pour l'accessibilité à la documentation, visitez le site Web Oracle Accessibility Program, à l'adresse http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc.
Accès au support électronique
Les clients Oracle qui ont souscrit un contrat de support ont accès au support électronique via My Oracle Support. Pour plus d'informations, visitez le site http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info ou le site http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs si vous êtes malentendant.
Contents
29. DHCP
29.1.4 show ip dhcp client stats
29.1.5 ip dhcp client discovery timer
29.1.6 ip
dhcp client idle timer
29.1.7 ip
dhcp client arp-check timer
29.1.8 ip dhcp client fast-access
29.1.9 ip
dhcp client client-id
29.1.10 ip
dhcp client request
29.1.11 show
ip dhcp client fast-access
29.1.12 show
ip dhcp client option
29.1.13 show
ip dhcp client client-id
29.1.14 clear
ip dhcp client statistics
29.1.15 ip
dhcp client vendor-specific
29.2.4 ip
dhcp relay information option
29.2.5 ip
dhcp relay circuit-id option
29.2.6 ip dhcp relay circuit id
29.2.7 ip dhcp relay remote id
29.2.9 show ip dhcp relay information
29.2.11 clear
ip dhcp relay statistics
29.3.11 ip
dhcp excluded-address
29.3.22 show ip dhcp server information
29.3.23 show ip dhcp server pools
29.3.24 show ip dhcp server binding
29.3.25 show ip dhcp server statistics
29.3.26 clear
ip dhcp server statistics
29.3.33 host
hardware-type - sip-server
29.3.34 host
hardware-type - dns-server
29.3.35 host
hardware-type - ntp-server
30. DHCPv6
30.1.1 snmp-server
enable traps ipv6 dhcp client
30.1.3 ipv6
dhcp client syslog
30.1.5 ipv6
dhcp authentication client
30.1.6 ipv6
dhcp client-id type
30.1.7 ipv6
dhcp client-id interface
30.1.9 ipv6
dhcp client information refresh minimum
30.1.10 debug
ipv6 dhcp client
30.1.11 clear
ipv6 dhcp client statistics
30.1.13 show
ipv6 dhcp interface
30.1.14 show
ipv6 dhcp client statistics
30.2.1 snmp-server
enable traps ipv6 dhcp relay
30.2.5 ipv6
dhcp relay hop-threshold
30.2.7 clear
ipv6 dhcp relay statistics
30.2.9 show
ipv6 dhcp interface
30.2.10 show
ipv6 dhcp relay statistics
30.2.11 ipv6
dhcp relay remote-id
30.2.12 ipv6
dhcp relay remote-id type
30.2.13 ipv6
dhcp relay remote-id duid
30.2.14 ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id userDefined
30.2.15 ipv6
dhcp relay pd forwarding
30.3.1 snmp-server
enable traps ipv6 dhcp server
30.3.3 ipv6
dhcp server syslog
30.3.4 ipv6
dhcp authentication server client-id
30.3.5 ipv6
dhcp authentication
30.3.15 ipv6
dhcp server-id type
30.3.16 ipv6
dhcp server-id interface
30.3.19 debug
ipv6 dhcp server
30.3.20 clear
ipv6 dhcp server statistics
30.3.23 show
ipv6 dhcp interface
30.3.24 show
ipv6 dhcp server statistics
31. RIP
31.10 distribute-list route-map
31.13 auto-summary - enable |
disable
31.14 ip rip default route
originate
31.16 ip rip default route
install
31.19 ip rip authentication mode
- key-chain
31.20 timers basic – update-value
31.24 ip rip send version none
31.25 ip rip receive version none
31.26 rip
- authentication last-key infinite lifetime
31.28 ip
rip authentication key-id
31.29 ip
rip key-id - start-accept
31.30 ip
rip key-id - stop-accept
31.31 ip
rip key-id - start-generate
31.32 ip
rip key-id - stop-generate
31.37 default-information
originate
31.38 ip rip authentication mode
31.39 ip rip authentication
key-chain
31.41 debug ip rip -
database/events/triggers
32. RIPv6
32.7 ipv6 rip
default-information originate
32.8 ipv6 rip
default-information - originate | only
32.14 distribute-list route-map
32.21 ipv6 peer
triggered-updated-interval
32.22 show ipv6 rip
peer-table-status
32.23 show ipv6 rip
peer-trig-update-interval
33. BGP
33.5 default-information
originate
33.9 bgp default
local-preference
33.10 bgp default ipv4-unicast
33.13 neighbor - ebgp-multihop
33.14 neighbor - next-hop-self
33.18 neighbor - update-source
33.20 neighbor - network-address
33.21 neighbor -
default-originate
33.22 neighbor - send-community
33.34 bgp client-to-client
reflection
33.35 neighbor -
route-reflector-client
33.42 bgp confederation
identifier
33.52 distribute-list route-map
33.60 show ip bgp restart mode
33.61 show ip bgp
EndOfRIBMarkerStatus
33.62 show ip bgp restartreason
33.63 show ip bgp
restartexitreason
33.64 show ip bgp restartsupport
33.65 show ip bgp restartstatus
33.66 show ip bgp community
community-number
33.67 show ip bgp extcommunity –
routes
33.79 show ip bgp extcommunity
33.81 neighbor - maximum-prefix
33.82 neighbor -
connect-retry-count
33.83 neighbor - allow-autostop
33.84 neighbor -
damp-peer-oscillations
33.88 neighbor <ip-address>
peer-group
33.90 neighbor - transport
connection-mode
33.91 nexthop processing-interval
33.92 bgp redistribute internal
33.97 tcp-ao mkt key-id -
receive-key-id
33.100 neighbor - tcp-ao mkt -
start-accept
33.101 neighbor - tcp-ao mkt -
stop-accept
33.102 neighbor - tcp-ao mkt -
start-generate
33.103 neighbor - tcp-ao mkt -
stop-generate
33.104 show bgp ipv6 tcp-ao
neighbor
33.105 show ip bgp - tcp-ao
neighbor
33.106 show ip bgp - tcp-ao mkt
summary
33.109 neighbor - fall-over bfd
• Overview – Provides information on Oracle’s SEFOS CLI commands
• Audience – Users and system administrators who configure SEFOS through the CLI
• Required knowledge – Basic knowledge of UNIX CLI command syntax
Documentation and resources for this product and related products are available at http://www.oracle.com/goto/es2-72_es2-64/docs.
Refer to the Sun Ethernet Fabric Operating System CLI Reference Manual, Vol. 1 for acronyms and abbreviations.
Refer to the Sun Ethernet Fabric Operating System CLI Reference Manual, Vol. 1 for CLI command modes.
Feedback
Provide feedback about this documentation at http://www.oracle.com/goto/docfeedback.
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is used in a wide variety of devices like ISDN routers, firewalls, and so on, for assigning IP addresses to workstations. Besides obtaining IP address, other configuration parameters for a workstation can also be configured in a DHCP server. DHCP clients can retrieve these parameters along with the IP address.
DHCP is based on the client-server architecture. DHCP servers are configured with an IP address and several other configuration parameters. DHCP clients, typically workstations, obtain this IP address at start-up. The client obtains the address for a time period termed as the “lease” period. DHCP clients renew the address by sending a request for the IP address before the lease expires.
DHCP uses UDP as its transport protocol and a UDP port for communication. DHCP relay agents connect servers present on one LAN with the client present on another.
DHCP
client uses DHCP to temporarily receive a unique IP address from the DHCP
server. It also receives other network configuration information, such as
default gateway, from the DHCP server.
Command Objective |
This
command enables the tracking of the DHCP client operations as per the
configured debug levels. The debug statements are generated for the specified
trace levels. The no
form of the command disables the tracking of the DHCP client operations. The
debug statements are not generated for the specified trace levels. This
command allows combination of debug levels to be configured (that is, more
than one level of trace can be enabled or disabled). The debug levels are
configured one after the other and not in single execution of the command. |
Syntax |
debug ip dhcp client { all | event | packets | errors |
bind } no debug ip dhcp client { all | event | packets | errors |
bind } |
Parameter Description |
•
all - Generates debug statements for
all kind of failure traces. •
event - Generates debug statements for
DHCP client events that provide DHCP client service status. The DHCP client
events are generated when any of the packets are sent successfully or when an
ACK is received. •
packets - Generates debug statements for packets-related
messages. These messages are generated for all events generated during
processing of packets. •
errors - Generates debug statements for
trace error code debug messages. These messages are generated for all error
events generated. • bind - Generates debug statements for trace bind messages. These messages are generated when a DHCP ACK is received. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Tracking of the DHCP client operations is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ip dhcp client all |
Related
Command(s) |
• show debugging - Displays state of each debugging option. |
Command Objective |
This
command immediately releases the DHCP lease obtained for an IP address from a
DHCP server and assigned to the specified interface. The current lease
assigned to that interface is terminated manually. The
lease is terminated to reset the DHCP client which faces a connectivity
problem. The DHCP lease provided by the DHCP server represents the time interval
till which the DHCP client can use the assigned IP address. |
Syntax |
release dhcp { vlan <vlan-id (1-4094)> |
<interface-type> <interface-id> } When WGS
is enabled: release dhcp { vlanMgmt | <interface-type>
<interface-id> } |
Parameter Description |
•
<vlan-id (1-4094)>
- Releases the DHCP lease for
the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific
VLAN created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. •
vlanMgmt - Releases the DHCP lease for
the management VLAN interface. • <interface-type> - Releases the DHCP lease for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. Note: As of release 2.0.0.3, all interfaces are referred to as extreme-ethernet. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ i-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. • <interface-id> - Releases the DHCP lease for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan ID is provided for interface type i-lan. For example: 1 represents i-lan ID. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command executes successfully only if the VLAN interfaces and router ports are in BOUND state (that is, IP address is dynamically acquired from DHCP server and an active lease is bound to the interface). The port should have been configured as router port for dynamically acquiring an IP address from DHCP server. |
Example |
SEFOS# release dhcp vlan 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as a router port. • ip address – rarp/dhcp - Configures the current VLAN or OOB interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from the RARP or DHCP server. • show ip dhcp client stats - Displays the DHCP client statistics information for interfaces that are configured to acquire IP address dynamically from the DHCP server. • show ip interfaces - Displays the IP interface configuration for all interfaces available in the switch. |
Command Objective |
This
command immediately renews the DHCP lease for the interface specified. The
current lease acquired by the specified interface is manually renewed. A new
DHCP lease is acquired for the interface whose lease is terminated. The DHCP
lease is automatically renewed once the lease expires. |
Syntax |
renew dhcp { vlan <vlan-id (1-4094)> |
<interface-type> <interface-id> } When WGS
is enabled, renew dhcp { vlanMgmt | <interface-type>
<interface-id> } |
Parameter Description |
•
vlan <vlan-id (1-4094)>
- Renews the DHCP lease for
the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific
VLAN created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. •
vlanMgmt - Renews the DHCP lease for
the management VLAN interface. • <interface-type> - Renews the DHCP lease for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ i-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. • <interface-id> - Renews the DHCP lease for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan ID is provided for interface type i-lan. For example: 1 represents i-lan ID. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command executes successfully only if the VLAN interfaces and router ports are in BOUND state (that is, IP address is dynamically acquired from DHCP server and an active lease is bound to the interface). The port should have been configured as router port for dynamically acquiring an IP address from DHCP server. |
Example |
SEFOS# renew dhcp vlan 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as a router port. • ip address – rarp/dhcp - Configures the current VLAN or OOB interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from the RARP or DHCP server. • show ip dhcp client stats - Displays the DHCP client statistics information for interfaces that are configured to acquire IP address dynamically from the DHCP server. •
show ip interface
- Displays the IP interface configuration for all interfaces available in the
switch. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the DHCP client statistics information for interfaces that
are configured to acquire IP address dynamically from the DHCP server. The
statistics information contains interface name, IP address assigned by DHCP
server, DHCP lease details, details regarding number of DHCPDISCOVER,
DHCPREQUEST, DHCPDECLINE, DHCPRELEASE and DHCPINFORM packets received, and
number of DHCPOFFER packets sent from the DHCP client. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp client stats |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp client stats Dhcp
Client Statistics -------------------------- Interface : vlan1 Client
IP Address : 12.0.0.21 Client
Lease Time : 3600 Client
Remain Lease Time : 3569 Message
Statistics ------------------ DHCP
DISCOVER : 1 DHCP
REQUEST : 1 DHCP
DECLINE : 0 DHCP
RELEASE : 0 DHCP
INFORM : 0 DHCP OFFER : 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip address – rarp/dhcp - Configures the current VLAN or OOB interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from the RARP or DHCP server. • release dhcp - Releases, on the specified interface, the DHCP lease obtained for an IP address from a DHCP server. • renew dhcp - Renews the DHCP lease for the interface specified. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures DHCP Client Discovery timer, which denotes the time to
wait between discovery messages sent by the DHCP client. This value ranges
from 1 to 9. The no
form of the command resets DHCP Client Discovery timer with its default
values. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp client discovery timer <integer (1-9)> no ip dhcp client discovery timer |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
• If DHCP fast mode is enabled, the default DHCP Client Discovery timer is 5. • If DHCP fast mode is disabled, the default DHCP Client Discovery timer is 15. |
Example |
SEFOS# ip dhcp client discovery timer 8 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp client fast-access - Displays DHCP fast access details. • ip dhcp client fast-access - Enables DHCP fast access mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures DHCP Client idle timer which specifies the time to wait
after four unsuccessful DHCP Client Discovery messages. This value ranges
from 1 to 30. The no
form of the command resets the DHCP Client Idle timer with the default
values. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp client idle timer <integer (1-30)> no ip dhcp client idle timer |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
• If DHCP fast mode is enabled, the default DHCP Client Idle timer is 1. • If DHCP fast mode is disabled, the default DHCP Client Idle timer is 180. |
Example |
SEFOS# ip dhcp client idle timer 8 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp client fast-access - Displays DHCP fast access details. • ip dhcp client fast-access - Enables DHCP fast access mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures DHCP client retransmission timeout between ARP messages. This
value ranges from 1 to 20. The no
form of the command resets DHCP Client ARP timer with the default values. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp client arp-check timer <integer (1-20)> no ip dhcp client arp-check timer |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
• If DHCP fast mode is enabled, the default DHCP Client arp-check timer is 1. • If DHCP fast mode is disabled, the default DHCP Client arp-check timer is 3. |
Example |
SEFOS# ip dhcp client arp-check timer 8 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp client fast-access - Enables DHCP fast access mode. • show ip dhcp client fast-access - Displays DHCP fast access details. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables DHCP fast access mode. If fast
access mode is enabled, time to wait between discovery messages, that is,
discovery timeout, and time to wait after four unsuccessful discoveries will
be user-configurable. The default value for discovery timeout is 5 seconds
and null state timeout is 1 second. The no
form of the command disables DHCP Client fast access mode. If the mode is
disabled, default value for discovery timeout and null state timeout will be
15 seconds and 180 seconds respectively. The timeout values cannot be changed
under disabled mode. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp client fast-access no ip dhcp client fast-access |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# ip dhcp client fast-access |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp client discovery timer – Configures DHCP Client Discovery timer. • ip dhcp client idle timer – Configures DHCP client idle timer. • ip dhcp client arp-check timer - Configures DHCP client retransmission timeout between ARP messages. • show ip dhcp client fast-access - Displays DHCP fast access details. |
Command
Objective |
This command sets unique identifier to DHCP client identifier. This command advertises the client-id in the DHCP control packets. The no
form of the command resets the DHCP client identifier. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp client client-id {<interface-type>
<interface-id> | vlan <vlan-id (1-4094)> | port-channel
<port-channel-id (1-65535)> | tunnel <tunnel-id (0-128)> |
loopback <interface-id (0-100)> | ascii <string> | hex
<string> } no ip dhcp client client-id |
Parameter Description |
• <interface-type> - Configures interface type for the DHCP client-id for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ i-lan
– Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. • <interface-id> - Configures interface ID for the DHCP client-id for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan ID is provided for interface type i-lan. For example: 1 represents i-lan ID. •
<vlan-id (1-4094)> -
Configures DHCP client-id for
the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific
VLAN created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. •
<port-channel-id (1-65535)>
- Configures the port to be
used by the host to configure the router. This value ranges from 1 to 65535.
The port channel identifier can be created or port channel-related configuration
can be done, only if the LA feature is enabled in the switch. •
tunnel<tunnel-id
(0-128)> - Configures
the tunnel identifier. This value ranges from 0 to 128. •
loopback <interface-id
(0-100)> - Configures
the loopback identifier. This value ranges from 0 to 100. •
ascii <string>
- Configures the client-id
in ASCII format. The client-id is given as a string. •
hex <string>
- Configures the client-id
in hexadecimal format. The input type is a string. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ip dhcp client client-id extreme-ethernet 0/1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp client client-id - Displays client identifier of the DHCP client. |
Command Objective |
This command sets the DHCP option type to request the server.
This is required to send
DHCP request to get the TFTP server name, boot file name, SIP server name and
option240. The no form of the command resets the DHCP option type to
request the server. |
Syntax |
ip
dhcp client request { tftp-server-name | boot-file-name | sip-server-info |
option240} no
ip dhcp client request { tftp-server-name | boot-file-name | sip-server-info
| option240 } |
Parameter Description |
• tftp-server-name - Sends the DHCP requests to get the TFTP server’s domain name. • boot-file-name
- Sends the DHCP requests
to get the boot file name. • sip-server-info - Sends the DHCP requests to get the SIP server details. •
option240 -
Sends the DHCP requests to get the option240 information. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and
Metro_E |
Note: |
This command executes
successfully only if the VLAN interfaces and router ports are in BOUND state
(that is, IP address is dynamically acquired from DHCP server and an active
lease is bound to the interface). |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ip dhcp client request option240 |
Related Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp client option – Displays DHCP client options set by the server. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays DHCP fast access information such as Fast Access Mode
status, DHCP Client Fast Access DiscoverTimeOut, DHCP Client Fast Access
NullStateTimeOut, and DHCP Client Fast Access ARP Check TimeOut values. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp client fast-access |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp client fast-access DHCP Client Timer Settings ---- ------ ----- ------- Fast Access Mode : Enable Dhcp Client Fast Access DiscoverTimeOut : 5 Dhcp Client Fast Access NullStateTimeOut : 1 Dhcp Client Fast Access Arp Check TimeOut : 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp client discovery timer – Configures DHCP Client Discovery timer. • ip dhcp client idle timer – Configures DHCP client idle timer. • ip dhcp client arp-check timer - Configures DHCP client retransmission timeout between ARP messages. • ip dhcp fast-access - Enables DHCP fast access mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays DHCP client options set by server which provides the details
like interface, interface type, length, and value. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp client option |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp client option Dhcp Client Options Interface Type Len Value --------- ---- --- ------ vlan1 43 vlan1 60 6 vendor vlan1 66 vlan1 67 vlan1 120 vlan1 240 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp client request – Sets the DHCP option type to request the server. • ip dhcp client vendor-specific - Configures vendor-specific information for the DHCP client. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the unique identifier to DHCP client. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp client client-id |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp client client-id |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp client client-id – Sets unique identifier to DHCP client. • ip dhcp client request - Sets the DHCP option type to request the server. |
Command Objective |
This
command clears the DHCP client statistics for all ports or for the
specified interface created in the system. |
Syntax |
clear ip dhcp client statistics [interface {vlan
<VlanId(1-4094)> |<interface-type> <interface-id>}] |
Parameter Description |
•
<vlan-id (1-4094)>
- Clears the DHCP client statistics for the specified VLAN ID. This is a
unique value that represents the specific VLAN created. This value ranges from
1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Clears the DHCP client statistics for the specified type of interface. The interfaces are: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Clears the DHCP client statistics for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than internal-lan and port-channel. For Example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only internal-lan and port-channel ID is provided, for interface types internal-lan and port-channel. For Example: 1 represents internal-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# clear ip dhcp client statistics |
Related Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp client statistics - Displays the DHCP client statistics information for interfaces that are configured to acquire IP address dynamically from the DHCP server. |
Command Objective |
This command configures vendor-specific information for the DHCP client. The no form of this command removes vendor-specific
information. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp client vendor-specific
<vendor-info> no ip dhcp client
vendor-specific |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ip dhcp client vendor-specific vendor |
Related Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp client option – Displays DHCP client options set by the server. |
DHCP
relay agent is a host or an IP router that allows the DHCP client and DHCP
server in different subnets to communicate with each other, so that the DHCP
client can obtain its configuration information while booting. The relay agent
receives packets from the client, inserts information such as network details,
and forwards the modified packets to the server. The server identifies the
client’s network from the received packets, allocates the IP address
accordingly, and sends a reply to the relay. The relay strips the information
inserted by the server and broadcasts the packets to the client’s network.
Command Objective |
This
command enables the DHCP relay agent in the switch. DHCP relay agent relays
DHCP messages between DHCP client and DHCP server located in different
subnets. The no
form of the command disables the DHCP relay agent. |
Syntax |
service dhcp-relay no service dhcp-relay |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
DHCP
relay agent is disabled (that is, the switch acts as a DHCP client). |
Note:
|
The DHCP relay agent can be enabled in the switch, only if the DHCP server is disabled in the switch. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# service dhcp-relay |
Related
Command(s) |
• no service dhcp-service – Disables the DHCP server. • show ip dhcp relay information - Displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a specific VLAN interface or all interfaces in which relay agent details are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command adds the configured IP address to the IP address list created for the
DHCP server. The switches or systems having these IP addresses represent the
DHCP servers to which the DHCP relay agent can forward the packets that are
received from DHCP clients. The DHCP
relay agent broadcasts the received packets to the entire network except the
network from which the packets are received, if the DHCP server list is empty
(that is IP address is configured as 0.0.0.0). The no
form of the command deletes the mentioned IP address from the IP address
list. Note:
The IP address list can
contain only 5 IP addresses (that is, only a maximum of 5 DHCP servers can be
listed). |
Syntax |
ip dhcp server <ip address> no ip dhcp server <ip address> |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
DHCP
server list |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ip dhcp server 12.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp relay information - Displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a specific VLAN interface or all interfaces in which relay agent details are configured. • show dhcp server - Displays the DHCP servers’ IP addresses. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the IP address of the DHCP server. The relay agent starts
forwarding the packets (that is, UDP broadcasts including BOOTP) from the
client to the specified DHCP server. This command allows the addition
of more than one DHCP server. This command is a complete standardized implementation of
the existing command ip dhcp server and operates
similar to the command ip dhcp server. This command also explicitly
enables the DHCP relay and disables the DHCP server. The no
form of the command deletes the IP address of the DHCP server. |
Syntax |
ip helper-address <ip address> no ip helper-address <ip address> |
Mode |
Interface
Configuration Mode (Physical) |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
The IP
address is 0.0.0.0 and the status of only the DHCP Relay Servers is disabled. |
Note:
|
The relay agent will start forwarding the packets from the client to a specific DHCP server only when the relay agent is in the enabled state. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip helper-address 12.0.0.1 |
Related Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp relay information - Displays the DHCP relay information. • show dhcp server - Displays the DHCP server information. |
Command Objective |
This command enables the DHCP relay agent to perform processing related to DHCP relay agent information option. The
options contain a sub-option for agent circuit ID details and another
sub-option for agent remote ID details. The processing involves: • Insertion of DHCP relay information option in DHCP request messages forwarded to a DHCP server from a DHCP client. • Examining or removing of DHCP relay information option from DHCP response messages forwarded to the DHCP client from the DHCP server. The no
form of the command disables the processing related to DHCP relay agent
information option. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp relay information option no ip dhcp relay information option |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode Note:
This command can also be executed in the VLAN
Interface Configuration Mode for a code base using industry standard
commands. |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Processing related to DHCP relay agent information option is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ip dhcp relay information option |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp relay circuit-id option – Defines the type of information to be present in circuit ID sub-option that is used in the DHCP relay agent information option. • show ip dhcp relay information - Displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a specific VLAN interface or all interfaces in which relay agent details are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command defines the type of information to be present in circuit ID sub-option that is used in the DHCP relay agent information option. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp relay circuit-id option [router-index] [vlanid]
[recv-port] |
Parameter Description |
• router-index - Adds information related to router interface indexes in the circuit ID sub-option. •
vlanid - Adds information related to VLAN
IDs in the circuit ID sub-option. • recv-port - Adds information related to physical interfaces or LAG ports in the circuit ID sub-option. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
router-index |
Note:
|
The type of information to be present in the circuit ID sub-option can be configured, only if the DHCP relay agent is enabled to perform processing related to DHCP relay agent information option. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ip dhcp relay circuit-id option vlanid |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp relay information option - Enables the DHCP relay agent to perform processing related to DHCP relay agent information option. • show ip dhcp relay information - Displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a specific VLAN interface or all interfaces in which relay agent details are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command configures circuit ID value for an interface. The circuit ID uniquely identifies a circuit over which the incoming DHCP packet is received. In DHCP relay, it is used to identify the correct circuit over which the DHCP responses should be relayed. The configured circuit ID is used in the DHCP relay agent information option to inform the DHCP server about the interface from which DHCP packet is received. The circuit ID is unique for the interfaces and ranges from 1 to 2147483647. The minimum value depends upon the number of interfaces
that can be created. For example, if a total of 160 interfaces are allowed to
be created in the switch, then the circuit ID value range starts from 161
only. The interfaces include all physical interfaces, port channels, and
logical L3 interfaces. The no form of the command deletes the circuit ID
configuration for the interface (that is, the circuit ID is configured as 0). |
Syntax |
ip dhcp relay circuit-id <circuit-id> no ip dhcp relay circuit-id |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN / Router Ports) |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command is available only for the VLAN interfaces and ports that are configured as router ports. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip dhcp relay circuit-id 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as a router port. • show ip dhcp relay information - Displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a specific VLAN interface or all interfaces in which relay agent details are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command configures remote ID value for an interface. The configured remote ID is used to inform the DHCP client
about the remote circuit to which the DHCP packets should be forwarded from
the interface. The remote ID is globally unique and an octet string of maximum
size of 32. The remote ID should not be same as that of the default value. The no form of the command deletes the remote ID
configuration for the interface (that is, the remote ID is set with a string
of length zero). |
Syntax |
ip dhcp relay remote-id <remote-id name> no ip dhcp relay remote-id |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN / Router Ports) |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
XYZ.
This value is internally assigned. |
Note:
|
This command is available only for the VLAN interfaces and ports that are configured as router ports. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip dhcp relay remote-id Oracle |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as a router port. • show ip dhcp relay information - Displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a specific VLAN interface or all interfaces in which relay agent details are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the tracking of the DHCP relay module operations as per the
configured debug levels. The debug statements are generated for the
configured trace level. The no
form of the command disables the tracking of the DHCP relay module
operations. The debug statements are not generated for the configured trace
levels. |
Syntax |
debug ip dhcp relay {all | errors} no debug ip dhcp relay {all | errors} |
Parameter Description |
•
all - Generates debug statements for
all kind of failure traces. • errors - Generates debug statements for trace error code debug messages. These messages are generated for all error events generated. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Tracking of the DHCP relay module operation is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ip dhcp relay all |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp relay information -Displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a specific VLAN interface or all interfaces in which relay agent details are configured. • show debugging - Displays state of each debugging option. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a
specific VLAN interface or all interfaces in which relay agent details are
configured. The
information contains status of the DHCP relay, DHCP server IP addresses,
status of relay information option, configured debug level and statistics
details regarding number of packets affected by relay information option,
circuit ID sub-option, remote ID sub-option, and subnet mask sub-option. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp relay information [vlan
<vlan-id>][<iftype> <ifnum>] |
Parameter Description |
•
vlan<vlan-id>
- Displays the DHCP relay
agent configuration information for the specified VLAN ID. This is a
unique value that represents the specific VLAN created. This value ranges
from 1 to 4094. •
<iftype> - Displays
the DHCP relay agent
configuration information for the specified type of interface. The
interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪
internal-lan –
Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. •
<ifnum> - Displays
the DHCP relay agent
configuration information for the specified interface identifier. This
is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a
combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for
interface type other than i-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents
that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only internal-lan ID is
provided, for interface types i-lan and port-channel. For example: 1
represents internal-lan. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp relay information Dhcp Relay : Enabled Dhcp Relay Servers only : Enabled DHCP server 1 : 12.0.0.1 Dhcp Relay RAI option : Enabled Default Circuit Id information : Vlan-Id Debug Level : 0x1 No of Packets inserted RAI option : 0 No of Packets inserted circuit ID suboption : 0 No of Packets inserted remote ID suboption : 0 No of Packets inserted subnet mask suboption : 0 No of Packets dropped : 0 No of Packets which did not inserted RAI option : 0 Interface vlan1 Circuit ID : 1 Remote ID : Oracle Interface Ex0/2 Circuit ID : 2 Remote ID : Oracle1 SEFOS# show ip dhcp relay information extreme-ethernet 0/2 Interface Ex0/2 Circuit ID : 2 Remote ID : Oracle1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• service dhcp-relay - Enables the DHCP relay agent in the switch. • ip dhcp server - Adds the configured IP address to the IP address list created for the DHCP server. • ip dhcp relay information option - Enables the DHCP relay agent to perform processing related to DHCP relay agent information option. • ip dhcp relay circuit-id option - Defines the type of information to be present in circuit ID sub-option that is used in the DHCP relay agent information option. • ip dhcp relay circuit-id – Configures circuit ID value for an interface. • ip dhcp relay remote-id – Configures remote ID value for an interface. • debug ip dhcp relay - Enables the tracking of the DHCP relay module operations as per the configured debug levels. • ip helper-address - Sets the IP address of the DHCP server. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the DHCP servers’ IP addresses. These addresses denote the
PCs or switches that can act as a DHCP server. |
Syntax |
show dhcp server |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show dhcp server DHCP server: 12.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp server - Adds the configured IP address to the IP address list created for the DHCP server. • ip helper-address - Sets the IP address of the DHCP server. |
Command Objective |
This
command clears the DHCP relay statistics. |
Syntax |
clear ip dhcp server statistics |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# clear ip dhcp relay statistics |
Related Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp relay information - Displays the DHCP relay agent configuration information for a specific VLAN interface or all interfaces. |
DHCP
server is responsible for dynamically assigning unique IP address and other
configuration parameters such as gateway, to interfaces of a DHCP client. The
IP address is leased to the interface only for a particular time period as
mentioned in the DHCP lease. The interface should renew the DHCP lease once it
expires. The DHCP server contains a pool of IP address from which one address
is assigned to the interface.
Command Objective |
This
command enables the DHCP server in the switch (that is, the switch acts as
DHCP server). The DHCP server assigns unique IP address and other
configuration parameters such as gateway, to interfaces of a DHCP client. The no
form of the command disables the DHCP server in the switch. |
Syntax |
service dhcp-server no service dhcp-server |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
DHCP
server is disabled (that is, the switch acts as a DHCP client). |
Note:
|
The DHCP server can be enabled in the switch, only if the DHCP relay agent is disabled in the switch. |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# service dhcp-server |
Related
Command(s) |
• no service dhcp-relay - Disables the DHCP relay agent in the switch. • show ip dhcp server information - Displays the DHCP server configuration information. • show ip dhcp server binding - Displays the DHCP server binding information. • show ip dhcp server statistics - Displays various DHCP server statistics-related information such as number of DHCPDECLINE messages received, DHCPOFFER messages sent and so on. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the DHCP server in the switch and relay agent features
on the router which assigns
unique IP address and other configuration parameters to interfaces of a DHCP
client. The no
form of this command disables the DHCP server. This command is a complete standardized implementation of
the existing command and operates similar to the command service dhcp-server. |
Syntax |
service dhcp no service dhcp |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
DHCP
server is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# service dhcp |
Related
Command(s) |
• no service dhcp-relay - Disables the DHCP relay agent in the switch. • show ip dhcp server information - Displays the DHCP server configuration information. • show ip dhcp server binding - Displays the DHCP server binding information. • show ip dhcp server statistics - Displays various DHCP server statistics related information such as number of DHCPDECLINE messages received, DHCPOFFER messages sent and so on. |
Command Objective |
This command creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. The
address pool has a range of IP addresses that can be assigned to the DHCP
client and also information about client configuration parameters such as
domain name. The no
form of the command deletes the existing DHCP server address pool. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp pool
<index (1-2147483647)> [<Pool Name>] no ip dhcp pool <index (1-2147483647)> |
Parameter Description |
•
index
(1-2147483647) -
Creates pool with a
unique ID for the specified DHCP server address pool. This value ranges from
1 to 2147483647. •
<Pool Name> - Configures the name for
the pool which is created. The name should be specified as a string. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# ip dhcp pool 1 pool1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • excluded-address - Creates an excluded pool that defines a range of IP addresses, which need to be excluded from the created subnet pool. • domain-name - Configures the domain name option for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • dns-server - Configures the IP address of a DNS server for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • netbios-name-server - Configures the IP address of a NetBIOS and WINS name server that is available to Microsoft DHCP clients. • netbios-node-type - Configures the NetBIOS node type for Microsoft DHCP clients, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • default-router - Configures the IP address of a default router to which a DHCP client should send packets after booting, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • option - Configures, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool, the various available DHCP server options with the corresponding specific values. • lease - Configures, for the corresponding DHCP server, the DHCP lease period for an IP address that is assigned from a DHCP server to a DHCP client. • utilization threshold - Configures pool utilization threshold value (in percentage) for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • host hardware-type - Configures host hardware type and its DHCP option with specific values for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. • show ip dhcp server statistics - Displays various DHCP server statistics related information such as number of DHCPDECLINE messages received, DHCPOFFER messages sent and so on. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the IP address of the boot server (that is, TFTP server) from
which the initial boot file is to be loaded in a DHCP client. This boot
server acts as a secondary server. The no
form of the command deletes the boot server details and resets to its default
value. The DHCP
server is used as the boot server, if no TFTP server is configured as the
boot server. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp next-server <ip address> no ip dhcp next-server |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro and Metro_E |
Default |
0.0.0.0
(No boot server is defined. DHCP server is used as the boot server) |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# ip dhcp next-server 12.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp bootfile - Configures the name of the initial boot file to be loaded in a DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server information - Displays the DHCP server configuration information. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the name of the initial boot file to be loaded in a DHCP
client. The file name is a string whose maximum size is 63. The boot file
contains the boot image that is used as the operating system for the DHCP
client. The no
form of the command deletes the boot file name (that is, no file is specified
as the initial boot file). |
Syntax |
ip dhcp bootfile <bootfile (63)> no ip dhcp bootfile |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# ip dhcp bootfile 53 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp next-server - Sets the IP address of the boot server (that is, TFTP server) from which the initial boot file is to be loaded. • show ip dhcp server information - Displays the DHCP server configuration information. |
Command Objective |
This command defines the name of the boot
image file that the DHCP client should download during auto install process.
The DHCP server passes this file name to the DHCP client. The maximum size of
the string is 63. The no
form of this command deletes the specified boot file name and assigns the
value of boot file name as None (that is, no file is set as boot image file).
This command is a complete standardized implementation of
the existing command and operates similar to the command ip dhcp
bootfile. |
Syntax |
bootfile config-file <bootfile (63)> no bootfile config-file |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
None
(Null terminated string) |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# bootfile config-file boot.img |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp server information - Displays the DHCP server information. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables ICMP echo mechanism or configures offer-reuse timeout for the
DHCP server. These parameters are used to control the allocation of IP
address to a DHCP client. The no
form of the command disables ICMP echo mechanism, resets server offer-reuse
time to its default value or removes a bind entry from a server binding
table. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp { ping packets [<count(0-10)>] | server
offer-reuse <timeout (1-120)> } no ip dhcp { ping packets | server offer-reuse | binding
<ip address> } |
Parameter Description |
•
ping packets - Enables or disables ICMP echo mechanism. This mechanism allows
the DHCP server to verify the availability of an IP address before assigning
it to a DHCP client. DHCP server sends ping packets to the IP address that is
intended to be assigned for the DHCP client. If the ping operation fails,
DHCP server assumes that the address is not in use and assigns the address to
the requesting DHCP client. •
<count(0-10)>
- Configures the number
of ping packets to be sent from the DHCP server to the pool address before
assigning the address to a requesting client. The pinging of pool addresses
is disabled, if the count value is set as 0. This value ranges from 0 to 10.
This feature has been included to adhere to the Industry Standard CLI syntax.
This feature is currently not supported. •
server offer-reuse
- Configures the amount of
time (in seconds), the DHCP server entity should wait for the DHCP REQUEST
from the DHCP client before reusing the lease offer for other DHCP client. This
value ranges from 1 to 120 seconds. •
binding - Deletes the specified IP address
entry from the server binding table. This frees the IP address allocated to a
DHCP client, so that the IP address can be allocated for another DHCP client. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
• ping packets - ICMP echo mechanism feature is disabled. • server offer-reuse - 5 |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# ip dhcp ping packets |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp server information - Displays the DHCP server configuration information. • show ip dhcp server binding - Displays the DHCP server binding information. • show ip dhcp server statistics - Displays various DHCP server statistics related information such as number of DHCPDECLINE messages received, DHCPOFFER messages sent and so on. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the DHCP server options. This command globally configures the
various available DHCP server options with the corresponding specific values.
These values can be an ASCII string, hexadecimal string, or IP address. These
global options are applicable for all DHCP server address pools. The no
form of the command deletes the existing DHCP server option. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp option <code (1-2147483647)> { ascii
<string> | hex <Hex String> | ip <address> } no ip dhcp option <code (1-2147483647)> |
Parameter Description |
•
<code (1-2147483647)>
- Configures the unique
DHCP option code that represents a specific DHCP option used in a DHCP OFFER
message in response to a DHCP DISCOVER message. This value ranges from 1 to
2147483647. •
ascii<string>
- Configures the ASCII
value to be set for the corresponding option code that accepts ASCII string.
This value is a character string that should contain only characters from NVT
ASCII character set. •
hex<Hex String>
- Configures the
hexadecimal value to be set for the corresponding option code that accepts
hexadecimal string. •
ip<address>
- Configures the unicast IP
address to be set for the corresponding option code that accepts IP address. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ip dhcp option 19 hex d |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp server pools - Displays global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for
the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned
to the DHCP client. The no
form of the command deletes the created subnet pool. |
Syntax |
network <start- IP> [ { <mask> | /
<prefix-length (1-31)> } ] [end ip] no network |
Parameter Description |
•
<start-IP>
- Configures the IP subnet
address for the DHCP pool. The addresses within the specified network subnet
are assigned to the DHCP client, if no restriction is applied. For example,
when the value is configured as 20.0.0.0, then any one of the addresses
within the range from 20.0.0.1 to 20.255.255.254 can be assigned to the DHCP
client if no other limitations such as end IP address, are set. This value
should be unique (that is, one subnet address can be assigned only for one
DHCP address pool). •
<mask> - Configures
the subnet mask for the network IP address. This is a 32-bit number which is
used to divide the IP address into network address and host address. This
value is used to automatically calculate the end IP address for the pool. For
example, the value 254.0.0.0 represents that the end IP address is
21.255.255.254, if the network subnet is set as 20.0.0.0. •
<prefix-length (1-31)>
- Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are
common among all hosts within a network. This value should be preceded by a slash (/) with space before
and after the slash. This value is used to automatically calculate the
end IP address for the pool and set the mask for the subnet. For example, the value 20.0.0.0 /
6 represents that the end IP address is 23.255.255.254 and the mask is
252.0.0.0. •
<end ip> -
Configures the end IP
address for the network IP subnet, set for the DHCP address pool. This value
restricts the IP addresses that can be assigned to the DHCP client. This
value is used to manually set the end IP address. This value overrides the
end IP address calculated automatically using the mask or prefix-length. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
•
mask
- 255.0.0.0 •
end
ip - Represents the last possible subnet address. For example, if network
subnet address is mentioned as 20.0.0.0, then end IP address would be
20.255.255.254. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# network 20.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 20.0.0.50 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • excluded-address - Creates an excluded pool that defines a range of IP addresses which need to be excluded from the created subnet pool. • domain-name - Configures the domain name option for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • dns-server - Configures the IP address of a DNS server for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • netbios-name-server - Configures the IP address of a NetBIOS and WINS name server that is available to Microsoft DHCP clients. • netbios-node-type - Configures the NetBIOS node type for Microsoft DHCP clients, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • netbios-node-type - Configures the IP address of a default router to which a DHCP client should send packets after booting, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • option - Configures, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool, the various available DHCP server options with the corresponding specific values. • lease - Configures, for the corresponding DHCP server, the DHCP lease period for an IP address that is assigned from a DHCP server to a DHCP client. • utilization threshold - Configures pool utilization threshold value (in percentage) for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command creates an excluded pool that defines a range of IP addresses which
needs to be excluded from the created subnet pool. That is, the IP addresses
in this range, including start and end IP address of the excluded pool, are
not assigned to any DHCP client. The no
form of the command deletes the created excluded pool. The same start IP
address and end IP address of the already created excluded pool should be
provided while executing the no form of the command. |
Syntax |
excluded-address <low-address> <high-address> no excluded-address <low-address>
[<high-address>] |
Parameter Description |
•
<low-address>
- Sets the start IP address
for an excluded pool. This address denotes the first IP address of a range of
IP addresses which needs to be excluded from the created subnet pool. This IP
address should be: ▪ lower than the end IP address, and ▪ in the same network of the subnet pool’s start IP address. •
<high-address>
- Sets the end IP address
for an excluded pool. This address denotes the last IP address of a range of
IP addresses which needs to be excluded from the created subnet pool. This IP
address should be: ▪ higher than the start IP address, and ▪ within or equal to the subnet pool’s end IP address. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command is executed successfully, only if a subnet pool is already created for the DHCP address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# excluded-address 20.0.0.1 20.0.0.30 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools. |
Command Objective |
This
command creates an excluded pool to prevent DHCP server from assigning
certain addresses to DHCP clients. The no form of the command deletes the
excluded pool. This command is a complete standardized implementation of
the existing command and operates similar to the command excluded-address. This command is used to
exclude a single IP address or a range of IP addresses. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp excluded-address <low-address>
[<high-address>] no ip dhcp excluded-address <low-address>
[high-address] |
Parameter Description |
•
low-address - Configures the excluded IP
address or first IP address, in an excluded address range. •
high-address - Configures the last IP address in
the excluded address range. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
Subnet pool should have been created before creating an excluded pool. This excluded pool should be within the range of the created subnet pool. For example, the excluded pool 20.0.0.20 – 20.0.0.30 created using this command is within the already created subnet pool 20.0.0.0 – 20.0.0.100. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ip dhcp excluded-address 20.0.0.20 20.0.0.30 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and places the user in the DHCP pool configuration mode. • network - Sets the network IP and mask in DHCP server configuration parameters. • service dhcp-server - Enables the DHCP server. • show ip dhcp server information - Displays the server information. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the DHCP server pools. • show ip dhcp server binding - Displays the DHCP server binding information. • show ip dhcp server statistics - Displays the DHCP server statistics. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the domain name option for the corresponding DHCP server
address pool. A DHCP client uses this domain name while resolving host names
through a domain name system. The DHCP option code is 15. This value is a
string whose maximum size is 63. The no
form of the command deletes the domain name option configuration for the DHCP
server address pool. The domain name option configuration is deleted, if the
no form of the network command is executed successfully. |
Syntax |
domain-name <domain (63)> no domain-name |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The domain name configuration takes effect only after creating a subnet pool for a DHCP server address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# domain-name Oracle |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the IP address of a DNS server for the corresponding DHCP
server address pool. The client correlates the DNS IP address with the host
name. The DNS server is used to translate domain names and hostnames into
corresponding IP addresses. The no
form of the command deletes the DNS server IP address option configuration
for the DHCP server address pool. The DNS server IP address option
configuration is deleted, if the no form of the network command is executed
successfully. |
Syntax |
dns-server <ip address> [<ip address>] no dns-server |
Parameter Description |
•
<ip address> [<ip
address>] - Configures
the unicast IP address to be set for the corresponding DNS server that
accepts IP address. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DNS server IP address configuration takes effect only after creating a subnet pool for a DHCP server address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# dns-server 12.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool, the IP
address of a NetBIOS (Network Basic Input / Output System) and WINS (Windows
Internet Naming Service) name server that is available to Microsoft DHCP
clients. The no
form of the command deletes the NetBIOS and WINS name server IP address
configuration for the DHCP server address pool. The NetBIOS WINS name server
option configuration is deleted, if the no form of the network command is
executed successfully. The
NetBIOS name server provides the following three distinct services: 1.
Name
service for name registration and resolution. 2.
Session
service for connection-oriented communication. 3.
Datagram
distribution service for connectionless communication. |
Syntax |
netbios-name-server <ip address> no netbios-name-server |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The NetBIOS WINS name server configuration takes effect only after creating a subnet pool for a DHCP server address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# netbios-name-server 20.0.0.3 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. •
show ip dhco server pools
- Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address
pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of
address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are
configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the NetBIOS node type for Microsoft DHCP clients, for the
corresponding DHCP server address pool. The node type denotes the method used
to register and resolve NetBIOS names to IP addresses. The no
form of the command deletes the NetBIOS node type option configuration for
the DHCP server address pool. |
Syntax |
netbios-node-type { <0-FF> | b-node | h-node |
m-node | p-node } no netbios-node-type |
Parameter Description |
•
<0-FF> - Allows NetBIOS over TCP/IP
clients. This value ranges from 0 to 255. •
b-node - Configures the DHCP server address
pool to broadcast IP messages for registering and resolving NetBIOS names to
IP addresses. The node type value is set as 1. •
h-node - Configures the DHCP server
address pool to initially query name server and subsequently broadcast IP messages for registering
and resolving NetBIOS names to IP addresses. The node type value is set as 8.
This node type is the best option for all conditions. •
m-node - Configures the DHCP server
address pool to initially broadcast the IP message and then query name server
for registering and resolving NetBIOS names to IP addresses. The node type
value is set as 4. •
p-node - Configures the DHCP server
address pool to have point-to-point communication with a NetBIOS name server
for registering and resolving NetBIOS names to IP addresses. The node type
value is set as 2. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The NetBIOS node type configuration takes effect only after creating a subnet pool for a DHCP server address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# netbios-node-type h-node |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the IP address of a default router to which a DHCP client
should send packets after booting, for the corresponding DHCP server address
pool. The no
form of the command deletes the default router IP address configuration for
the DHCP server address pool. The default router IP address configuration is
deleted, if the no form of the network command is executed successfully. |
Syntax |
default-router <ip address> no default-router |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
• The configured IP address of the default router should be on the same subnet of the DHCP client. • The default router IP address configuration takes effect only after creating a subnet pool for a DHCP server address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# default-router 10.23.2.99 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool, the
various available DHCP server options with the corresponding specific values.
These values can be an ASCII string, hexadecimal string, or IP address. The no
form of the command deletes the DHCP server option for the DHCP server
address pool. The DHCP server option configuration is deleted, if the no form
of the network command is executed successfully. |
Syntax |
option <code (1-2147483647)> { ascii <string>
| hex <Hex String> | ip <address> } no option <code (1-2147483647)> |
Parameter Description |
•
<code (1-2147483647)>
- Configures the unique
DHCP option code that represents a specific DHCP option used in a DHCP OFFER message
in response to a DHCP DISCOVER message. This value ranges from 1 to
2147483647. •
ascii<string>
- Configures the ASCII
value to be set for the corresponding option code that accepts ASCII string.
This value is a character string that should contain only characters from NVT
ASCII character set. •
hex<Hex String>
- Configures the
hexadecimal value to be set for the corresponding option code that accepts
hexadecimal string. •
ip<address> - Configures the unicast IP address to be set for the
corresponding option code that accepts IP address. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Option code
- 1 |
Note:
|
The DHCP server options configuration takes effect only after creating a subnet pool for a DHCP server address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config) # option 19 hex f |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures, for the corresponding DHCP server, the DHCP lease period
for an IP address that is assigned from a DHCP server to a DHCP client. The DHCP
lease period represents the time interval (in seconds) till which the DHCP
client can use the assigned IP address. The time interval is internally
calculated in seconds based on the number of days, hours and minutes
configuration. The no
form of the command resets the DHCP lease period to its default value for the
DHCP server address pool. The DHCP lease period configuration is deleted and
reset, if the no form of the network command is executed successfully. |
Syntax |
lease { <days (0-365)> [<hours (0-23)>
[<minutes (1-59)>]] | infinite } no lease |
Parameter Description |
•
<days (0-365)> -
Configures the number of
days that is used to calculate the DHCP lease period. The period also depends
on the configured number of hours and minutes. This value ranges from 0 to
365. The value 0 is valid only if either number of hours or minutes is
configured with any value other than 0. •
<hours (0-23)>
- Configures the number of
hours that is used to calculate the DHCP lease period. The period also
depends on the configured number of days and minutes. This value ranges from
0 to 23. The value 0 is valid only if either number of days or minutes is
configured with any value other than 0. •
<minutes (1-59)>
- Configures the number of
minutes that is used to calculate the DHCP lease period. The period also
depends on the configured number of days and hours. This value ranges from 1
to 59. • infinite - Configures the DHCP lease period as 2147483647 seconds. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
3600 seconds (1 hour) |
Note:
|
The DHCP lease period configuration takes effect only after creating a subnet pool for a DHCP server address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# lease 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures pool utilization threshold value (in percentage)
for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. The no
form of the command resets the pool utilization threshold to its default
value for the DHCP server address pool. If the
pool utilization exceeds the configured threshold value, a syslog event and
an SNMP trap message are generated. The threshold value ranges from 0 to 100
percentage. |
Syntax |
utilization threshold { <integer (0-100)> } no utilization threshold |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
75 percent |
Note:
|
The pool utilization threshold configuration takes effect only after creating a subnet pool for a DHCP server address pool. |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# utilization threshold 76 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures host hardware type and its DHCP option with specific values
for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. The no
form of the command deletes the hardware type and its DHCP option. |
Syntax |
host hardware-type <type (1-2147483647)>
client-identifier <mac-address> { ip <address> | option <code
(1-2147483647)> { ascii <string> | hex <Hex String> | ip
<address> }} no host hardware-type <host-hardware-type
(1-2147483647)> client-identifier <client-mac-address> [{ ip |
option <code (1-2147483647)> }] |
Parameter Description |
•
<type (1-2147483647)>
- Configures the host hardware
type for which the host address and the DHCP options need to be configured.
This value ranges from 1 to 2147483647. Only the value 1 is supported, which
represents that the hardware type is Ethernet. •
client identifier<mac-address>
- Configures the DHCP
client identifier in a host declaration so that a host record can be found
using this client identifier. The client identifier represents the physical
address (MAC address) of a network card. •
ip <address>
- Configures the IPv4
address for the DHCP host. •
option <code
(1-2147483647)> - Configures
the unique DHCP option code that represents a specific DHCP option used in a
DHCP OFFER message in response to a DHCP DISCOVER message. This value ranges
from 1 to 2147483647. ▪ ascii<string> - Configures the ASCII value to be set for the corresponding option code that accepts ASCII string. This value is a character string that should contain only characters from NVT ASCII character set. ▪ hex<Hex String> - Configures the hexadecimal value to be set for the corresponding option code that accepts hexadecimal string. ▪ ip <address> - Configures the unicast IP address to be set for the corresponding option code that accepts IP address. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(dhcp-config)# host hardware-type 1 client-identifier 00:11:22:33:44:55 option 1 ip 10.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. • show ip dhcp server binding - Displays the DHCP server binding information. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the tracking of the DHCP server operations as per the
configured debug levels. The debug statements are generated for the
configured trace levels. The no
form of the command disables the tracking of the DHCP server operations. The
debug statements are not generated for the configured trace levels. This
command allows combination of debug levels to be configured (that is, more
than one level of trace can be enabled or disabled). The debug levels are
configured one after the other and not in single execution of the command. |
Syntax |
debug ip dhcp server { all | events | packets | errors |
bind | linkage } no debug ip dhcp server { all | events | packets | errors
| bind | linkage} |
Parameter Description |
•
all - Generates debug statements for
all kind of failure traces. •
events - Generates debug statements for
DHCP server events that provide DHCP server service status. The DHCP server
events are generated when any of the packets are sent successfully or when an
ACK is received. •
packets - Generates debug statements for packet-related
messages. These messages are generated for all events generated during
processing of packets. •
errors - Generates debug statements for
trace error code debug messages. These messages are generated for all error
events generated. •
bind - Generates debug statements for
trace bind messages. These messages are generated when a DHCP ACK is
received. • linkage - Generates debug statements for database linkage messages. This feature has been included to adhere to the Industry Standard CLI syntax. This feature is currently not supported. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Tracking
of the DHCP server operations is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ip dhcp server all |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp server information - Displays the DHCP server configuration information. • show debugging - Displays state of each debugging option. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the DHCP server configuration information. The
information contains status of DHCP server, ICMP echo mechanism status, debug
level, boot server IP address, boot file name, and server offer reuse time. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp server information |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp server information DHCP
server status : Enable Send
Ping Packets : Disable Debug
level : None Server
Address Reuse Timeout : 5 secs Next
Server Adress : 0.0.0.0 Boot file name : |
Related
Command(s) |
• service dhcp-server - Enables the DHCP server in the switch (that is, switch acts as DHCP server). • ip dhcp next-server - Sets the IP address of the boot server (that is, TFTP server) from which the initial boot file is to be loaded. • ip dhcp bootfile - Configures the name of the initial boot file to be loaded in a DHCP client. • ip dhcp - Enables ICMP echo mechanism or configures offer-reuse timeout for the DHCP server. • debug ip dhcp server - Enables the tracking of the DHCP server operations as per the configured debug levels. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server
address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold,
of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are
configured. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp server pools |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp server pools Global Options -------------- Code : 1, Value : 12.0.0.1 Code : 6, Value : 12.0.0.1 Code : 19, Value : 0 Code : 42, Value : 12.0.0.1 Code : 120, Value : str,str1 Pool Id : 1 ------------------------------------------- Pool Name : pool1 Subnet : 20.0.0.0 Subnet Mask : 255.0.0.0 Lease time : 86400 secs Utilization threshold : 76% Start Ip : 20.0.0.1 End Ip : 20.0.0.50 Exclude Address Start IP : 20.0.0.1 Exclude Address End IP : 20.0.0.30 Subnet Options -------------- Code : 1, Value : 255.0.0.0 Code : 6, Value : 12.0.0.1 Code : 15, Value : Oracle Code : 19, Value : 0 Code : 42, Value : 12.0.0.1 Code : 43, Value : ven Code : 44, Value : 20.0.0.3 Code : 46, Value : 8 Code : 120, Value : 12.0.0.1 Host Options ------------ Client Identifier Hardware type Code Value 00:11:22:33:44:55 1 1 10.0.0.1 00:11:22:33:44:55 1 6 12.0.0.1 00:11:22:33:44:55 1 42 12.0.0.1 00:11:22:33:44:55 1 120 12.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip dhcp option - Configures the various available DHCP server options with the corresponding specific values globally. • ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • ip dhcp sip-server - Sets SIP servers in the global DHCP server configuration parameters. • network - Creates a subnet pool that defines a network IP subnet address for the corresponding DHCP address pool and contains IP addresses to be assigned to the DHCP client. • excluded-address - Creates an excluded pool that defines a range of IP addresses which need to be excluded from the created subnet pool. • domain-name - Configures the domain name option for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • dns-server - Configures the IP address of a DNS server for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • netbios-name-server - Configures the IP address of a NetBIOS and WINS name server that is available to Microsoft DHCP clients. • netbios-node-type - Configures the NetBIOS node type for Microsoft DHCP clients, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • default-router - Configures the IP address of a default router to which a DHCP client should send packets after booting, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • option - Configures, for the corresponding DHCP server address pool, the various available DHCP server options with the corresponding specific values. • lease - Configures, for the corresponding DHCP server, the DHCP lease period for an IP address that is assigned from a DHCP server to a DHCP client. • utilization threshold - Configures pool utilization threshold value (in percentage) for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • host hardware-type - Configures host hardware type and its DHCP option with specific values for the corresponding DHCP server address pool. • show ip dhcp server statistics - Displays various DHCP server statistics-related information such as number of DHCPDECLINE messages received, DHCPOFFER messages sent and so on. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the DHCP server binding information. A DHCP
binding is created when a DHCP server assigns an IP address to a DHCP client.
The information contains the allocated IP address, host hardware type, host
hardware address, binding state and expiry time of the allocated DHCP lease. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp server binding |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCP server binding information is displayed, only if the DHCP server is enabled and the DHCP binding is created. |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp server binding Ip Hw Hw Binding Expire Address Type
Address State Time ------- ----
------- ------ ------ 12.0.0.2
Ethernet 00:02:02:03:04:01 Assigned May 12 13:22:41 2009 |
Related
Command(s) |
• service dhcp-server - Enables the DHCP server in the switch. • ip dhcp - Enables ICMP echo mechanism or configures offer-reuse timeout for the DHCP server. •
host hardware-type
- Configures host hardware type and its DHCP option with specific values for
the corresponding DHCP server address pool. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays various DHCP server statistics-related information such as
number of DHCPDECLINE messages received, DHCPOFFER messages sent and so on. |
Syntax |
show ip dhcp server statistics |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip dhcp server statistics Address
pools : 2 Message Received ------- -------- DHCPDISCOVER 6 DHCPREQUEST 2 DHCPDECLINE 0 DHCPRELEASE 0 DHCPINFORM 0 Message Sent ------- ---- DHCPOFFER 6 DHCPACK 2 DHCPNAK 0 |
Related
Command(s) |
• service dhcp-server - Enables the DHCP server in the switch. • ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is customized. • ip dhcp - Enables ICMP echo mechanism or configures offer-reuse timeout for the DHCP server. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This
command clears the DHCP server statistics. |
Syntax |
clear ip dhcp server statistics |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# clear ip dhcp server statistics |
Related Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp server statistics - Displays various DHCP server statistics-related information. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets SIP servers in the global DHCP server configuration
parameters. The no
form of the command deletes SIP servers from the global DHCP server
configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp sip-server { {domain <string>
[<string>] } | {ip <ip_addr> [<ip_addr>] } } no ip dhcp sip-server |
Parameter Description |
• domain <string> [<string>] - Configures domain names for the server. The domain name should be specified as ASCII string. •
ip <ip_addr>
[<ip_addr>] - Configures
the unicast IP address to be set for the corresponding SIP servers in
the global DHCP server configuration. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# ip dhcp sip-server domain str str1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command sets NTP servers in the global DHCP server configuration parameters. The no
form of the command deletes NTP server from the global DHCP server
configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp ntp-server <ip address> [<ip address>] no ip dhcp ntp-server |
Parameter Description |
<ip address> [<ip address>] - Configures the unicast IP address
to be set for the corresponding NTP servers in the global DHCP server
configuration. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# ip dhcp ntp-server 12.0.0.1 14.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command sets DNS servers in the global DHCP server configuration parameters. The no
form of the command deletes DNS server from the global DHCP server
configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
ip dhcp dns-server <ip address> [<ip address>] no ip dhcp dns-server |
Parameter Description |
<ip address> [<ip address>] - Configures the unicast IP address
to be set for the corresponding DNS servers in the global DHCP server
configuration. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# ip dhcp dns-server 12.0.0.1 13.0.0.0 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command sets NTP servers in the pool-specific DHCP server configuration parameters. The no
form of the command deletes NTP server from the pool-specific DHCP
server configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
ntp-server <ip address> [<ip address>] no ntp-server |
Parameter Description |
<ip address> [<ip address>] - Configures the unicast IP address
to be set for the corresponding NTP servers in the pool-specific DHCP
server configuration. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (dhcp-config)# ntp-server 12.0.0.1 13.0.0.0 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address
pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is
customized. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command sets SIP servers in the pool-specific DHCP server configuration parameters. The no
form of the command deletes SIP server from the pool-specific DHCP
server configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
sip-server { {domain <string> [<string>]} |
{ip <ip_addr> [<ip_addr>]} } no sip-server |
Parameter Description |
• domain <string> [<string>] - Configures domain names for the server. The domain name should be specified as ASCII string. •
ip <ip_addr>
[<ip_addr>] - Configures
the unicast IP address to be set for the corresponding SIP servers in
the pool-specific DHCP server configuration. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (dhcp-config)# sip-server domain str str1 SEFOS (dhcp-config)# sip-server ip 12.0.0.1 13.0.0.0 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address
pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is
customized. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command sets Vendor Specific Information in the pool-specific DHCP server configuration parameters. This value is a string of maximum size 254. The no
form of the command deletes Vendor Specific Information from the pool-specific
DHCP server configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
vendor-specific {<vendor-specific-string>
[<string>]} no vendor-specific |
Parameter Description |
•
<vendor-specific-string>
[<string>] - Configures vendor-specific details for the
DHCP server. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (dhcp-config)# vendor-specific ven |
Related
Command(s) |
•
ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address
pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is
customized. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command sets SIP servers in the host-specific DHCP server configuration parameters. The no
form of the command deletes SIP servers from the host-specific DHCP
server configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
host hardware-type <integer (1-2147483647)>
client-identifier <ucast_mac> sip-server { {domain <string>
[<string>]} | {ip <ip_addr> [<ip_addr>]} } no host hardware-type <host-hardware-type
(1-2147483647)> client-identifier <client-mac-address> sip-server |
Parameter Description |
• <integer (1-2147483647)> - Creates host hardware address type for the SIP servers whose value range from 1 to 2147483647. • <ucast_mac> - Configures the client identifier with the host MAC address. • domain <string> [<string>] - Configures domain names for the server. The domain name should be specified as ASCII string. •
ip <ip_addr>
[<ip_addr>] - Configures
the unicast IP address to be set for the corresponding SIP servers in
the host-specific DHCP server configuration. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (dhcp-config)# host hardware-type 1 client-identifier 00:11:22:33:44:55 sip-server domain sipsrv sipsrv1 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address
pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is
customized. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command sets DNS servers in the host-specific DHCP server configuration parameters. The no
form of the command deletes DNS servers from the host-specific DHCP
server configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
host hardware-type <integer (1-2147483647)>
client-identifier <ucast_mac> dns-server <ip address> [<ip
address>] no host hardware-type <integer (1-2147483647)>
client-identifier <ucast_mac> dns-server |
Parameter Description |
• <integer (1-2147483647)> - Creates host hardware type for the DNS servers. This value ranges from 1 to 2147483647. • <ucast_mac> - Configures the client identifier with the host MAC address. •
dns-server <ip address>
[<ip address>] - Configures the unicast IP address to be set for the
corresponding DNS servers in the host-specific DHCP server
configuration. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (dhcp-config)# host hardware-type 1 client-identifier 00:11:22:33:44:55 dns-server 12.0.0.1 13.0.0.0 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address
pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is
customized. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
Command Objective |
This command sets NTP servers in the host-specific DHCP server configuration parameters. The no
form of the command deletes NTP servers from the host-specific DHCP
server configuration parameters. |
Syntax |
host hardware-type <integer (1-2147483647)>
client-identifier <ucast_mac> ntp-server <ip address> [<ip
address>] no host hardware-type <integer (1-2147483647)>
client-identifier <ucast_mac> ntp-server |
Parameter Description |
• <integer (1-2147483647)> - Creates host hardware type for the NTP servers. This value ranges from 1 to 2147483647. • client-identifier <ucast_mac> - Configures the client identifier with the host MAC address. •
ntp-server <ip address>
[<ip address>] - Configures the unicast IP address to be set for the
corresponding NTP servers in the host-specific DHCP server
configuration. |
Mode |
DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup,
Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (dhcp-config)# host hardware-type 1 client-identifier 00:11:22:33:44:55 ntp-server 12.0.0.1 13.0.0.0 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
ip dhcp pool - Creates a DHCP server address
pool and enters into the DHCP pool configuration mode in which the pool is
customized. • show ip dhcp server pools - Displays the global DHCP option configuration for all DHCP server address pools and configuration information, such as utilization threshold, of address pools for which subnet pool is created or host options are configured. |
DHCPv6 (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6) enables DHCP servers to pass configuration parameters, such as IPv6 network addresses, to IPv6 nodes. It enables automatic allocation of reusable network addresses and provides additional configuration flexibility.
Oracle
DHCPv6 has DHCPv6 client, DHCPv6 server, and DHCPv6 relay functionalities. Oracle
DHCPv6 runs as an application over IPv6 and uses SLI (Socket Layer Interface)
to send or receive messages from the corresponding client or server.
The
DHCPv6 client is a node that initiates requests on a link to obtain
configuration parameters (such as list of available DNS (Domain Name
Server)
servers) from DHCPv6 servers. It transmits and receives DHCP messages using
link-local address or addresses determined through other mechanisms.
Command Objective |
This
command enables the SNMP traps notification messages for DHCPv6 client. It
enables all the traps, when executed without any option. This command allows enabling multiple SNMP
traps for the DHCPv6 client. That is, both the specified trap notifications
can be enabled one after the other. The no form of the command disables the SNMP traps for the DHCPv6 client. It sets the trap as none, when executed without any option. |
Syntax |
snmp-server enable traps ipv6
dhcp client [invalid-pkt] [auth-fail] no snmp-server enable traps
ipv6 dhcp client [invalid-pkt] [auth-fail] |
Parameter Description |
• invalid-pkt - Enables or disables the transmission of invalid packet trap notification message. This trap notification message is generated, when the received reply message is invalid. • auth-fail - Enables or disables the transmission of HMAC authentication fail trap notification. This trap notification is generated, when the received reply message contains the authentication TLV and digest calculated at the client side that does not match with the received digest value. The digest is calculated at the client side with the realm and key-id values. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
SNMP traps are disabled for the DHCPv6 client. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# snmp-server enable traps ipv6 dhcp client invalid-pkt |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the configuration information. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the listen or transmit UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ports, which contains the UDP listen port number. The client provides the listen port number in the UDP header of Information Request message. The client processes the received reply message only when the destination port number in the UDP header is equal to port value. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp client port { listen
<value (1-65535)> | transmit <value(1-65535)>} |
Parameter Description |
• listen<value (1-65535)> - Configures the UDP listen port number to be provided in UDP header of the information-request message. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • transmit<value(1-65535)> - Configures the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) destination port number to be provided in UDP header of the information-request message. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
• listen - 546 • transmit - 547 |
Note:
|
Client processes the received reply message, only when the destination port number in the UDP header is equal to the client listen port number. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp client port listen 540 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the configuration information. |
Command Objective |
This command enables or disables the syslog generation and transmission of syslog notification messages. The DHCPv6 client will generate the syslog messages only when syslog is set as enabled. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp client syslog
{enable | disable} |
Parameter Description |
• enable - Enables the transmission of syslog notification messages. DHCPv6 client generates syslog messages. • disable - Disables the transmission of syslog notification messages. DHCPv6 client does not generate any syslog messages. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
disable |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp client syslog enable |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the configuration information. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and
requests for configuration information from the client. The
no form of the command disables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the
interface. |
Syntax |
ipv6 address dhcp no ipv6 address dhcp |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface Mode / Router ) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
DHCPv6 client
functionality is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 address dhcp |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 dhcp authentication client– Defines the domain, client identifier, and the corresponding authentication MD5 keys used to authenticate the information-request message and validate reply message. • ipv6 dhcp client-id type – Configures the DUID type to be used for the client identifier. • ipv6 dhcp client-id interface – Configures the interface that is used in the formation of the DUID based on LLT or on LL. • ipv6 dhcp timer – Configures various timer parameters for a retransmission algorithm of the information-request message. • ipv6 dhcp client information refresh minimum – Sets the minimum refresh timer value for the information-request message for client. • clear ipv6 dhcp client statistics – Clears the DHCPv6 client statistics for the specified interface or all the interfaces. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the configuration information and the DHCPv6 information received from the server for client, relay, and server interfaces. • show ipv6 dhcp client statistics – Displays the DHCPv6 client statistics. |
Command Objective |
This command defines the domain, client identifier, and the corresponding authentication MD5 (Message Digest 5) keys used to authenticate the information-request message and validate reply message. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp authentication
client {realm <string(1-128)> | key <string (1-64)> | keyid
<value>} |
Parameter Description |
• realm<string(1-128) - Configures the unique name of the container for the HMAC-MD5 (Hash Message Authentication Code - Message Digest 5) authentication key. This value is a string of size varying between 1 and 128. • key<string (1-64)> - Configures the HMAC-MD5 key string which is used to authenticate the information-request message. This value is a string of size varying between 1 and 64. • keyid<value> - Configures the key identifier which is transmitted in information-request message as part of authentication information. The server searches its local database, using this key identifier for the related key to calculate the HMAC. This value ranges from 0 to 4294967295. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode(VLAN
Interface Mode / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
keyid - 1 |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 client functionality should be enabled in the interface, before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp authentication client realm 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 address dhcp – Enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and requests for configuration information from the client. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the configuration information and also the DHCPv6 information received from the server for client, relay, and server interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the DUID (DHCP Unique Identifier) type to be used for the client identifier. DUID consists of a two-octet type code represented in network byte order and a variable number of octets, to make an actual identifier. This DUID is used to identify the client in messages where the client sends a client identifier TLV (Type Length Value) in the information-request message. The clients must treat DUIDs as opaque values and must compare DUIDs for equality clients. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp client-id type {llt
| en | ll} |
Parameter Description |
• llt - Configures the DUID which is formed based on LLT (Link-Layer Address plus Time). The DHCPv6 client uses the link layer address of the interface and current system time value for the client identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of a two octet type field containing the value one, a two octet hardware type code, four octets containing a time value, and a link-layer address of any one network interface that is connected to the DHCP device at the time of generation of the DUID. ▪ For client ID configured as llt, the DHCPv6 client and server should: § Compulsorily have a stable storage. § Store DUID-LLT in stable storage. § Continue to use DUID-LLT, even if network interface used to generate the DUID-LLT is removed. § Attempt to configure the time prior to generation of DUID, if possible, and should use time source (for example, real-time clock) for generating the DUID, even if the source is not configurable prior to the generation of the DUID. • en - Configures the DUID which is assigned by the vendor based on EN (Enterprise Number). The DHCPv6 client uses the vendor-assigned unique ID based on the EN for the client identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of vendor’s registered private enterprise number as maintained by IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) and a unique identifier assigned by the vendor. ▪ For client ID configured as en: § The identifier assigned by the vendor should be unique to device. § The unique identifier should be assigned to the device during its manufacture itself and should be stored in a non-volatile storage. § The generated DUID should be recorded in a non-erasable storage. • ll - Configures the DUID which is formed based on LL (Link-layer Address). The DHCPv6 client uses the link layer address for the client identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of two octets containing the DUID type 3, a two octet network hardware type code, and a link-layer address of any one network interface that is permanently connected to the client or server device. ▪ For client ID configured as ll: § DHCP-LL should not be used by clients or servers that cannot identify whether a network interface is permanently attached to the device on which the DHCP client is running. § Same DHCP-LL should be used in configuring all network interfaces connected to the device, regardless of usage of any interface’s link-layer address to generate the DUID. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface Mode / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
llt |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 client functionality should be enabled in the interface, before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp client-id type ll |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 address dhcp – Enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and requests for configuration information from the client. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the configuration information and also the DHCPv6 information received from the server for client, relay, and server interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the interface that is used in the formation of the DUID based on LLT or on LL. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp client-id interface
{<interface-type> <interface-id> } |
Parameter Description |
• <interface-type> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types i-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents i-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode(VLAN
Interface Mode / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
An arbitrary interface value is used. |
Note:
|
This command executes only if • The DHCPv6 client functionality is enabled in the interface. • The physical interface that is configured to be used in the formation of DUID is configured as router port. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp client-id interface extreme-ethernet 0/2 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 address dhcp – Enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and requests for configuration information from the client. • show ipv6 dhcp interface - Displays DHCPv6 interface-specific information. |
Command Objective |
This
command is used to set the various timer parameters for a retransmission
algorithm of the information-request message. The no form of the command is
used to reset the timer parameters to the default value. By
default, the client calculates the retransmission time for the
information-request message using the following formula: RT = IRT + RAND * IRT Where
•
RT - Retransmission Time •
IRT - Initial Retransmission Time •
RAND - Random number between -0.1 and
+0.1 If
the calculated RT becomes greater than the MRT
(Maximum Retransmission Time), then the client calculates the RT
using the following formula: RT = MRT + RAND *
MRT Where
•
RT - Retransmission Time •
MRT - Maximum Retransmission Time • RAND - Random number between -0.1 and +0.1 |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp timer { irt
<value(1-255)> | mrt <value(0-120)> | mrc <value(0-10)> |
mrd <value(0-100)>} no ipv6 dhcp timer [( irt |
mrt | mrc | mrd }] |
Parameter Description |
• irt<value(1-255)> - Configures the initial retransmission time value. This value ranges from 1 to 255 seconds. • mrt<value(0-120)> - Configures retransmission time value. This value ranges from 0 to 120 seconds. • mrc<value(0-10)> - Configures the maximum retransmission count value. This value ranges from 0 to 10. If MRC (Maximum Retransmission Count) is zero, the client continues to transmit the information-request message until it receives a reply response. If MRC is non-zero, the client terminates the information-request message exchange and considers it as fail, on transmitting the information-request message MRC time. • mrd<value(0-100)> - Configures the maximum retransmission delay value. This value ranges from 0 to 100 seconds. If MRD (Maximum Retransmission Delay) is zero, client continues to transmit the information-request message until it receives a reply response. If MRD is non-zero, client terminates the information-request message exchange and considers it as fail, once MRD is elapsed since the initial transmission of the message. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode(VLAN
Interface Mode / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
• irt - 1 • mrt - 120 • mrc - 0 • mrd - 0 |
Note:
|
DHCPv6 client functionality should be enabled in the interface, before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp timer irt 10 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 address dhcp – Enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and requests for configuration information from the client. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the configuration information and also the DHCPv6 information received from the server for client, relay, and server interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the minimum refresh timer value for the information-request
message, at the client side. The client once again sends information-request
message to the server for acquiring configuration information, if the refresh
timer is expired. The configured minimum refresh timer value is used, if an
information refresh time option sent by the server is less than the
configured value. This value ranges from 600 to 4294967295 seconds. The
no form of the command sets the refresh timer value to default value. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp client information
refresh minimum <seconds value(600-4294967295)> no ipv6 dhcp client
information refresh minimum |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface Mode / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
86400 Seconds (24 Hours) |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 client functionality should be enabled in the interface, before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp client information refresh minimum 10000 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 address dhcp – Enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and requests for configuration information from the client. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the configuration information and also the DHCPv6 information received from the server for client, relay, and server interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the debug traces for the DHCPv6 client. The
no form of the command resets the debug traces for the DHCPv6 client. |
Syntax |
debug ipv6 dhcp client
{[init-shut] [mgmt] [ctrl] [pkt] [resource] [fail] [buffer] [critical] |
[all]} no debug ipv6 dhcp client
{[init-shut] [mgmt] [ctrl] [pkt] [resource] [fail] [buffer] [critical] |
[all]} |
Parameter Description |
• init-shut - Generates debug messages for init and shutdown traces. These traces are used during the module initialization and shut down, and for cases such as failure of RBTree creation and so on. • mgmt - Generates debug messages for management traces. • ctrl - Generates debug messages for control plane traces. These traces are used for cases such as MBSM card removal, failure of state change and so on. • pkt - Generates debug messages for packet dump traces. These traces are used during the reception and transmission of packets. • resource - Generates debug messages for traces related to all resources such as memory, data structure and the like. These traces are used for failure of memory allocation and so on. • fail - Generates debug messages for all failure traces. These traces are used for all valid and invalid failures. The valid failures represent expected errors. The invalid failures represent unexpected errors. • buffer - Generates debug messages for buffer allocation or release traces. • critical - Generates debug messages for SL (Stateless)-DHCPv6 client critical traces. These traces are used for cases such as failure of RBTree addition, failure to program the hardware, and so on. • all - Generates debug messages for all traces. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode / User Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
critical |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ipv6 dhcp client mgmt |
Command Objective |
This command clears the DHCPv6 client statistics for the specified interface or all the interfaces. |
Syntax |
clear ipv6 dhcp client
statistics [interface {vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> | <interface-type>
<interface-id>}] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types i-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents i-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# clear ipv6 dhcp client statistics interface extreme-ethernet 0/1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 address dhcp – Enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and requests for configuration information from the client. • show ipv6 dhcp client statistics – Displays the DHCPv6 client statistics. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the configuration information. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp Client information: Listen UDP port : 546 Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : disabled SNMP traps : none Server information: Listen UDP port : 547 Client Transmit UDP port : 546 Relay Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : disabled SNMP traps : none Authentication Information: Client DUID : 636c69656e7431 Realm Name : real1 Key Value : 1 Key Identifier : 74:72:69:61:6c Relay information: Listen UDP port : 547 Client Transmit UDP port : 546 Server Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : disabled SNMP traps : none |
Related
Command(s) |
• snmp-server enable traps ipv6 dhcp client – Enables the SNMP traps for DHCPv6 client. • ipv6 dhcp client port – Configures the listen or transmit UDP ports. • ipv6 dhcp client syslog – Enables or disables the syslog generation. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the configuration information and also the DHCPv6 information received from the server for client, relay, and server interfaces. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp interface [
{vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> | <interface-type> <interface-id>}] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ i-lan– Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. • <interface-id> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan is provided, for interface types i-lan. For example: 1 represents i-lan ID. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp interface extreme-ethernet 0/3 is in client mode DHCPv6 unique type(DUID Type) : Link-layer Address Plus Time DHCPv6 unique identifier(DUID): 00010002000031b9fe80000000000000020102fffe0304 01 Minimum Refresh Time : 86400 sec Current Refresh Time : 86400 sec Retransmission counters: Maximum Ret Count : 0 Maximum Ret Delay : 0 sec Maximum Ret Time : 120 sec Initial Ret Time : 1 sec Current Ret Time : 0 sec Authentication information: Realm Name : - Key Identifier : - Key value : 1 List of known servers: Address : fe80::202:2ff:fe03:401 DUID : 0001000200001b5bfe80000000000000020302fffe030401 Preference : 5 Status Code : (Success)-SUCCESS SIP domain list : Oracle.com SIP servers : fe80::200d:88ff:fe67:6666 DNS servers : fe80::200d:88ff:fe67:6666 DNS search list : Oracle.com |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 address dhcp – Enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and requests for configuration information from the client. • ipv6 dhcp authentication client – Defines the domain, client identifier, and the corresponding authentication MD5 (Message Digest 5) keys used to authenticate the information-request message and validate reply message. • ipv6 dhcp client-id type – Configures the DUID type to be used for the client identifier. • ipv6 dhcp timer – Configures various timer parameters for a retransmission algorithm of the information-request message. • ipv6 dhcp client information refresh minimum – Sets the minimum refresh timer value for the information-request message, at the client side. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the DHCPv6 client statistics such as number of PDUs (Protocol Data Units) transmitted or received, for the specified interface or all the interfaces. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp client
statistics [interface {vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> | <interface-type>
<interface-id>}] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than internal-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types i-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents i-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp client statistics extreme-ethernet 0/1 Transmitted: information-request : 1 Received: reply : 1 invalid : 0 hmac-failure : 0 vlan 1 Transmitted: information-request : 1 Received: reply : 1 invalid : 0 hmac-failure : 0 SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp client statistics interface extreme-ethernet 0/1 extreme-ethernet 0/1 Transmitted: information-request : 1 Received: reply : 1 invalid : 0 hmac-failure : 0 SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp client statistics interface vlan 1 vlan 1 Transmitted: information-request : 1 Received: reply : 1 invalid : 0 hmac-failure : 0 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 address dhcp – Enables the DHCPv6 client functionality over the interface and requests for configuration information from the client. • clear ipv6 dhcp client statistics – Clears the DHCPv6 client statistics for the specified interface or all the interfaces. |
The
DHCPv6 relay is an intermediate node that relays DHCP messages between the
DHCPv6 clients and DHCPv6 servers on different links.
Command Objective |
This
command enables the transmission of SNMP traps notification
messages
for DHCPv6 relay. It enables all the traps, when executed without any option. This command allows enabling multiple SNMP
traps for the DHCPv6 relay. That is, both the specified trap notifications
can be enabled one after the other. The no form of the command disables the SNMP traps for the DHCPv6 relay. It sets the trap as none, when executed without any option. |
Syntax |
snmp-server enable traps ipv6
dhcp relay [invalid-pkt] [max-hop-count] no snmp-server enable traps
ipv6 dhcp relay [invalid-pkt] [max-hop-count] |
Parameter Description |
• invalid-pkt - Enables or disables the transmission of invalid packet trap notification, based on the relay agent which declares the received notification message as invalid. This trap notification is generated, when the received message is invalid or when the AdminControl value is set with value 0. • max-hop-count - Enables or disables the transmission of maximum hop count trap notification, based on the relay agent which receives the relay forward message with hop count value less than one configured hop count. This trap notification is generated, when the relay agent is not able to add the relay header, as the received hop count value is equal to the configured maximum hop threshold limit. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
SNMP traps are disabled for the DHCPv6 relay . |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# snmp-server enable traps ipv6 dhcp relay max-hop-count |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the DHCPv6 relay global configurations. |
Command Objective |
This command enables or disables the transmission of syslog notification messages for the DHCPv6 relay. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp relay syslog {enable
| disable} |
Parameter Description |
• enable - Configures the DHCPv6 relay to generate syslog messages when the transmission of syslog notification messages enabled. • disable - Configures the DHCPv6 relay not to generate any syslog messages, when the transmission of syslog notification messages is disabled. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Disable |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp relay syslog enable |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the DHCPv6 relay global configurations. |
Command Objective |
This command sets the listen UDP port number, and client and server transmit. And, configures the port on which the DHCPv6 relay agent listens on. This command facilitates the DHCPv6 relay to co-exist with the DHCPv6 server which can listen on a different port. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp relay port {listen
<value(1-65535)> | client transmit <value(1-65535)> | server
transmit <value(1-65535)>} |
Parameter Description |
• listen<value(1-65535)> - Configures the UDP port number on which the DHCPv6 relay should listen. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • client transmit<value(1-65535)> - Configures the UDP port number on which the DHCPv6 relay sends reply message. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • server transmit<value(1-65535)> - Configures the UDP port number on which the DHCPv6 relay sends relay-forward message. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
• listen - 547 • client transmit - 546 • server transmit - 547 |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp relay port listen 34 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the DHCPv6 relay global configurations. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the DHCPv6 relay feature on an interface and optionally sets
the destination server address and the outgoing interface. The no form of the command disables the DHCPv6 relay feature on the interface, and optionally resets the destination server address and the outgoing interface. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp relay [destination
<prefix> [{link-local | <prefix Len> }] [interface {Vlan
<vlan-id (1-4094)> | <interface-type> <interface-id>}]] no ipv6 dhcp relay
[destination <prefix> [{link-local | <prefix Len> }] [interface
{Vlan <vlan-id (1-4094)> | <interface-type>
<interface-id>}]] |
Parameter Description |
• destination <prefix> - Configures the IPv6 address of the destination DHCPv6 server. • link-local - Configures the Link-local type IPv6 address of the DHCP Relay. • <prefix Len> - Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are common among all hosts within a network. This value ranges from 0 to 128. • Vlan<vlan-id (1-4094)> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan– Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. • <interface-id> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan is provided, for interface types i-lan. For example: 1 represents internal-lan ID. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode(VLAN
Interface Mode / Router ) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
DHCPv6 relay feature is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp relay destination 1111::2222 128 interface vlan 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 dhcp relay hop-threshold – Sets the hop threshold limit for the DHCPv6 relay packets. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id type - Sets the type of the remote-id option for the DHCPv6 relay. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id duid - Configures DHCPv6 Relay Unique Identifier (DUID) value for the interface. • clear ipv6 dhcp relay statistics – Clears DHCPv6 relay transmit and receive statistics for a particular interface or for all the interfaces. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id userDefined - Configures DHCPv6 relay user-defined value for the interface. • show ipv6 dhcp interfcae – Displays the DHCPv6 relay configurations on a particular interface or all the interfaces. • show ipv6 dhcp relay statistics – Displays the DHCPv6 relay statistics on a particular interface or on all the interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This command sets the hop threshold limit for the DHCPv6 relay packets. The limit represents the maximum number of hop count allowed by relay agent to pass through it. Packets are dropped at the relay agent, if the hop count in the DHCP message is greater than the threshold limit. This value ranges from 0 to 32. The no form of the command resets the threshold limit to default value. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp relay hop-threshold
<count> no ipv6 dhcp relay
hop-threshold |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode(VLAN
Interface Mode / Router) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
4 |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 relay feature should be enabled in the interface, before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp relay hop-threshold 3 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 dhcp relay- Enables the relay feature on an interface and optionally sets the destination server address and configures an outgoing interface. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the DHCPv6 relay configurations on a particular interface or all the interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the debug trace levels for the DHCPv6 relay. The
no form of the command resets the debug trace levels for the DHCPv6 relay. |
Syntax |
debug ipv6 dhcp relay
{[init-shut][mgmt][ctrl][pkt][resource][fail][buffer][critical] | all} no debug ipv6 dhcp relay
{[init-shut][mgmt][ctrl][pkt][resource][fail][buffer][critical] | all} |
Parameter Description |
• init-shut - Generates debug messages for init and shutdown traces. These traces are used during the module initialization and shutdown, and for cases such as failure of RBTree creation etc. • mgmt - Generates debug messages for management traces. • ctrl - Generates debug messages for control plane traces. These traces are used for cases such as MBSM card removal, failure of state change and so on. • pkt - Generates debug messages for packet dump traces. These traces are used during the reception and transmission of packets. • resource - Generates debug messages for traces related to all resources such as memory, data structure and the like. These traces are used for instances such as failure of memory allocation. • fail - Generates debug messages for all failure traces. These traces are used for all valid and invalid failures. The valid failures represent expected errors. The invalid failures represent unexpected errors. • buffer - Generates debug messages for buffer allocation or release traces. • critical - Generates debug messages for SL-DHCPv6 relay critical traces. These traces are used for cases such as failure of RBTree addition, failure to program the hardware, and so on. • all - Generates debug messages for all traces. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode / User Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Critical |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ipv6 dhcp relay all |
Related command(s) |
• show debugging - Displays state of each debugging option. |
Command Objective |
This command clears DHCPv6 relay transmit and receive statistics for a particular interface or for all the interfaces. |
Syntax |
clear ipv6 dhcp relay
statistics [interface {vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> |<interface-type>
<interface-id>}] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types i-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents i-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# clear ipv6 dhcp relay statistics |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp relay– Enables the relay feature on an interface and optionally sets the destination server address and configures an outgoing interface. • show ipv6 dhcp relay statistics – Displays the DHCPv6 relay statistics on a particular interface or on all the interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the DHCPv6 relay global configurations. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp Client information: Listen UDP port : 546 Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : disabled SNMP traps : none Server information: Listen UDP port : 547 Client Transmit UDP port : 546 Relay Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : disabled SNMP traps : none Authentication Information: - Relay information: Listen UDP port : 34 Client Transmit UDP port : 546 Server Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : enabled SNMP traps : max-hop-count Remote-ID(Option 37) : enabled PD Forwarding : enabled |
Related
Command(s) |
• snmp-server enable traps ipv6 dhcp – Enables the SNMP traps for DHCPv6 relay. • ipv6 dhcp relay syslog – Enables or disables the syslog feature for the DHCPv6 relay. • ipv6 dhcp relay port – Sets the listen UDP port number, and client and server transmit UDP port numbers. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id - Enables or disables insertion of DHCPv6 option37-Remote-id option in DHCPv6 Relay FWD messages. • ipv6 relay pd forwarding - Enables insertion of DHCPv6 Prefix delegated routes into the routing table. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the DHCPv6 relay configurations on a particular interface or all the interfaces. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp interface [
{vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> | <interface-type> <interface-id>}] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ i-lan– Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. • <interface-id> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan ID is provided, for interface types i-lan. For example: 1 represents i-lan. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp interface extreme-ethernet 0/2 is in relay mode HopThreshold value : 3 Remote-Id Option Type : duid Remote-Id Option Value : 12:12:ab Server Address : unicast to configured servers only 1111::2222 : vlan1 vlan 1 is in relay mode HopThreshold value : 3 Remote-Id Option Type : duid Remote-Id Option Value : 12:12:aa Server Address : unicast to configured servers only 1111::2222 : vlan1 |
Related Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp relay – Enables the relay feature on an interface and optionally sets the destination server address and an outgoing interface. • ipv6 dhcp relay hop-threshold – Sets the hop threshold limit for the DHCPv6 relay packets. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id type - Sets the type of the remote-id option for the DHCPv6 relay. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id userDefined - Configures DHCPv6 relay user-defined value for the interface. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id duid - Configures DHCPv6 Relay Unique Identifier (DUID) value for the interface. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the DHCPv6 relay statistics on a particular interface or on all the interfaces. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp relay
statistics [interface {vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> | <interface-type>
<interface-id>} ] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than internal-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only internal-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types i-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents internal-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp relay statistics extreme-ethernet 0/2 Received: information-request : 0 relay-forward : 0 relay-reply : 0 invalid : 0 vlan 1 Received: information-request : 0 relay-forward : 0 relay-reply : 0 invalid : 0 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp relay – Enables the relay feature on an interface and optionally sets the destination server address and configures an outgoing interface. • clear ipv6 dhcp relay statistics – Clears DHCPv6 relay transmit and receive statistics for a particular interface or for all the interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables or disables insertion of DHCPv6 option37-Remote-id
option in DHCPv6 Relay FWD messages. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id
{enable | disable} |
Parameter Description |
•
enable - Enables insertion of DHCPv6
option 37 Remote-ID in DHCPv6 Relay Forward Messages •
disable - Disables insertion of DHCPv6
option 37 Remote-ID in DHCPv6 Relay Forward Messages |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Remote-Id Option is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id enable |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id type - Sets the type of the remote-id option for the DHCPv6 relay. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id duid - Configures DHCPv6 Relay Unique Identifier (DUID) value for the interface. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id userDefined - Configures DHCPv6 relay user-defined value for the interface. • show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the DHCPv6 relay global configurations. |
Command Objective |
This command sets the type of the remote-id option for the DHCPv6 relay. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id type
{duid | switch-name | mgmt-ip | userDefined } |
Parameter Description |
• duid - Configures the remote-id option as DHCP Unique Identifier. • switch-name - Configures the remote-id option as Current System Name. • mgmt-ip - Configures the remote-id option as Management IP of the system. • userDefined - Sets the type of the remote-id option for the DHCPv6 relay as userDefined. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode(VLAN
Interface Mode / Router ) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
switch-name |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id type duid |
Note:
|
This command executes only if • The DHCPv6 relay feature is enabled in the interface. • Remote-Id option is enabled. |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 dhcp relay- Enables the relay feature on an interface and optionally sets the destination server address and configures an outgoing interface. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id - Enables or disables insertion of DHCPv6 option37-Remote-id option in DHCPv6 Relay FWD messages. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the DHCPv6 relay configurations on a particular interface or all the interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This command configures DHCPv6 Relay Unique Identifier (DUID) value for the interface. DHCPv6 servers use the DUID to make decisions about information such as addresses, delegated prefixes, configuration parameters, and so on, that the client is to receive. Relay agent uses the DUID to have a unique remote-id for its enterprise number, as sequence of enterprise number followed by remote-id must be globally unique. DHCPv6 Relay DUID is a 128 octets long
identifier, which can have Link-Layer Address as DUID octets, Link-Layer
address along with some other parameter having variable octets, or can have
any sequence of octets representing unique DUID. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id duid
<duid-id string(128)> |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode(VLAN
Interface Mode / Router ) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
All octets are zero |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id duid 12:12:aa |
Note:
|
This command executes only if • The DHCPv6 relay feature is enabled in the interface. • Remote-Id option is enabled. |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 dhcp relay- Enables the relay feature on an interface and optionally sets the destination server address and configures an outgoing interface. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id - Enables or disables insertion of DHCPv6 option37-Remote-id option in DHCPv6 Relay FWD messages. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the DHCPv6 relay configurations on a particular interface or all the interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This command configures DHCPv6 relay user-defined
value for this interface. |
Syntax |
ipv6
dhcp relay remote-id userDefined <user-specific-ascii string(128)> |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode(VLAN
Interface Mode / Router ) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id userDefined 1 |
Note:
|
This command executes only if • The DHCPv6 relay feature is enabled in the interface. • Remote-Id option is enabled. |
Related
Command(s)s |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • ipv6 dhcp relay- Enables the relay feature on an interface and optionally sets the destination server address and configures an outgoing interface. • ipv6 dhcp relay remote-id - Enables or disables insertion of DHCPv6 option37-Remote-id option in DHCPv6 Relay FWD messages. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the DHCPv6 relay configurations on a particular interface or all the interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This command enables insertion of DHCPv6 Prefix delegated routes into the routing table. The no form of this command deletes the
DHCPv6 Prefix delegated routes from the routing table and the subsequent learned
routes are not added. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp relay pd forwarding no ipv6 dhcp relay pd
forwarding |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
Prefix Delegation is enabled. |
Note: |
This command should be
executed prior to any relay configuration. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp relay pd forwarding |
Related
Command(s) |
• show running config - Displays the configuration information currently running on the router. • show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the DHCPv6 relay global configurations. |
The
DHCPv6 server is a node that responds to requests from the DHCPv6 clients. It
can be on the same link as the clients or on the different link. It receives
DHCP messages from the clients using a reserved, link-scoped multicast address.
Command Objective |
This
command enables the transmission of SNMP traps notification
messages
for DHCPv6 server. It enables all the traps, when executed without any
option. This command allows enabling multiple SNMP
traps for the DHCPv6 client. That is, all the three specified trap
notifications can be enabled one after the other. The no form of the command disables the SNMP traps for the DHCPv6 server. It sets the trap as none, when executed without any option. |
Syntax |
snmp-server enable traps ipv6
dhcp server [unknown-tlv] [invalid-pkt] [auth-fail] no snmp-server enable traps
ipv6 dhcp server [unknown-tlv] | [invalid-pkt] | [auth-fail] |
Parameter Description |
• unknown-tlv - Enables or disables the transmission of unknown TLV trap notification, based on the server which declares the received notification message as unknown TLV. This trap notification is generated, when received information-request or relay forward message contains invalid TLV type. • invalid-pkt - Enables or disables the transmission of invalid packet trap notification, based on the server which declares the received notification message as invalid. This trap notification is generated, when the received information-request or relay forward message is invalid. • auth-fail - Enables or disables the transmission of HMAC authentication fail trap notification, based on the server which declares the received notification message as authentication fail. This trap notification is generated, when the received information-request or relay forward message contains the authentication TLV and digest calculated at the server side that does not match with the received digest value. The digest is calculated at the server side with the realm and key-id values. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
SNMP traps are disabled for the DHCPv6 server. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# snmp-server enable traps ipv6 dhcp server auth-fail |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the various configuration information at server end. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the information request listen, reply transmit, and relay-reply transmit UDP ports. The server processes the received information request message and relay-forward only when destination port number in UDP header is equal to the configured listen port number. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp server port {listen
<value(1-65535)> | client transmit <value(1-65535)> | relay
transmit <value(1-65535)>} |
Parameter Description |
• listen<value(1-65535)> - Configures the UDP listen port number. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • client transmit<value(1-65535)> - Configures the UDP transmit port, which is set as the destination port number in UDP header of the reply message. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • relay transmit<value(1-65535)> - Configures the UDP transmit port, which is set as the destination port number in UDP header of the relay-reply message. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
• listen - 547 • client transmit - 546 • relay transmit - 547 |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp server port listen 800 |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the various configuration information at server end. |
Command Objective |
This command enables or disables the transmission of syslog notification messages for the DHCPv6 server. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp server syslog
{enable | disable} |
Parameter Description |
• enable - Configures the DHCPv6 relay to generate syslog messages when the transmission of syslog notification messages enabled. • disable - Configures the DHCPv6 relay not to generate any syslog messages, when the transmission of syslog notification messages is disabled. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
disable |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp server syslog enable |
Related
Command(s) |
• show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the various configuration information at server end. |
Command Objective |
This
command creates client configuration pool at the server and enters into the
client information configuration mode. It allows creation of multiple
client configuration pools at the server. The no form of the command deletes the client configuration pool maintained at the server. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp authentication
server client-id <string(128)> {llt | en | ll} no ipv6 dhcp authentication
server client-id string(1-128) |
Parameter Description |
• <string(128)> - Configures the string as the name of the client. This value is a string of size varying between 1 and 128. • llt - Generates DUID based on LLT (Link-Layer Address plus Time) and indicates that the DHCPv6 client uses the link layer address of the interface and current system time value for the client identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of a two octet type field containing the value 1, a two octet hardware type code, four octets containing a time value, and a link-layer address of any one network interface that is connected to the DHCP device at the time of generation of the DUID. ▪ For client ID configured as llt, the DHCPv6 client and server should: § Compulsorily have a stable storage. § Store DUID-LLT in stable storage. § Continue to use DUID-LLT, even if network interface used to generate the DUID-LLT is removed. § Attempt to configure the time prior to generation of DUID, if possible, and should use time source (for example, real-time clock) for generating the DUID, even if the source is not configurable prior to the generation of the DUID. • en - Assigns DUID by the vendor based on EN and indicates that the DHCPv6 client uses the vendor-assigned unique ID based on the EN for the client identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of vendor’s registered private enterprise number as maintained by IANA and a unique identifier assigned by the vendor. ▪ For client ID configured as en: § The identifier assigned by the vendor should be unique to device. § The unique identifier should be assigned to the device during its manufacture itself and should be stored in a non-volatile storage. § The generated DUID should be recorded in a non-erasable storage. • ll - Generates DUID based on LL (Link-layer Address) and indicates that the DHCPv6 client uses the link layer address for the client identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of two octets containing the DUID type 3, a two octet network hardware type code, and a link-layer address of any one network interface that is permanently connected to the client or server device. ▪ For client ID configured as ll: § DHCP-LL should not be used by clients or servers that cannot identify whether a network interface is permanently attached to the device on which the DHCP client is running. § Same DHCP-LL should be used in configuring all network interfaces connected to the device, regardless of usage of any interface’s link-layer address to generate the DUID. |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp authentication server client-id client1 en SEFOS(config-d6clnt)# |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp authentication – Configures the realm and key value. • show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the various configuration information at server end. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the realm and key value through which the server authenticates
the received information request with the HMAC MD5 algorithm when the
received message contains the authentication option TLV. The no form of the command deletes the realm and key value. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp authentication realm
<string (1-128)> key <string(1-64)> no ipv6 dhcp authentication
realm <string (1-128)> [key <string(1-64)> ] |
Parameter Description |
• realm<string (1-128)> - Configures the name of the container used to store the HMAC-MD5 authentication keys, where realms are containers for authentication information. The maximum string size is 128. • key<string(1-64)> - Configures the HMAC-MD5 key string used to authenticate the information-request message, where the authentication key IDs are assigned to the clients. The maximum string size is 64. |
Mode |
Client Information Configuration mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
• The client configuration pool should be created, before configuring the realm and key value. • When this command is executed for next client ID with the same container name, the key-identifier and key value of the previous client-ID is inherited to the new client ID and then the concerned key identifier and key value are assigned to the new client ID based on the configuration. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6clnt)#
ipv6 dhcp authentication realm products key SEFOS |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp authentication server client-id – Creates client configuration pool at the server and enters into the client pool configuration mode. • show ipv6 dhcp – Displays the various configuration information at server end. |
Command Objective |
This command creates a DHCPv6 server pool and enters into IPv6 DHCP pool configuration mode where the pool is configured independently of the DHCPv6 service. The configuration information pool is a named entity that includes information about available configuration parameters and policies that control assignment of the parameters to clients from the pool. The maximum string size is 64. The no form of the command deletes the DHCPv6 server pool. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp pool <string
(1-64)> no ipv6 dhcp pool <string
(1-64)> |
Mode |
Global Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 dhcp pool dhcp6pool1 SEFOS(config-d6pool)# |
Related
Command(s) |
• vendor-specific – Enters into vendor-specific configuration mode with vendor-specific identification number. • sub option – Enables a sub-option of the configured vendor-specific information. • link-address – Sets a link-address IPv6 prefix. • domain-name – Defines the DNS domain suffix which is provided to the client in reply message on request. • dns-server – Defines the DNS server IP address which is provided to the client in reply message on request. • sip address – Defines the SIP server IP address which is provided to the client in reply message on request. • sip domain-name – Defines the SIP domain name which is provided to the client in reply message on request. • option – Sets pool-specific DHCPv6 server option. • ipv6 dhcp server-id type – Configures the DUID type to be used for the server identifier. • ipv6 dhcp server-id interface – Configures the interface that is used in the formation of the DUID based on LLT or on LL. • information refresh – Configures the refresh time value that is to be sent to the client. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the various configuration information at server end for specified interface or all the interfaces. |
Command Objective |
This command enters into vendor-specific configuration mode with vendor-specific identification number and options which the server will reply in response to an information-request or relay-forward message. This value ranges from 1 to 2147483647. The no form of the command deletes all configured vendor-specific information. |
Syntax |
vendor-specific <vendor-id
(1-2147483647)> no vendor-specific
<vendor-id (1-2147483647)> |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created, before configuring the vendor-specific information. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# vendor-specific 10 SEFOS(d6pool-vendor)# |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • sub option – Enables a sub-option of the configured vendor-specific information. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables a sub-option of the configured vendor-specific information. This
entry is not lost upon reboot. It is backed up by stable storage. Each entry
in this table contains the required attribute values. The no form of the command deletes the sub-option. |
Syntax |
sub option <option-id
(1-4294967295)> { address <IPv6-address> | ascii <ASCII-string>
| hex <hex_string>} no sub option
<option-id> { address <IPv6-address> | ascii <ASCII-string>
| hex <hex_string>} |
Parameter Description |
• <option-id(1-4294967295)> - Indicates a unique sub-option type. This value ranges from 1 to 4294967295. • address<IPv6-address> - Configures an IPv6 address that can be provided as a sub-option value. • ascii<ASCII-string> - Configures an ASCII string that can be provided as a sub-option value. The maximum string size is 255. • hex<hex_string> - Configures a hexadecimal string that can be provided as a sub-option value. This value is an octet string of size varying between 1 and 32. |
Mode |
Vendor Specific Information Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created and the vendor-specific information should be configured, before enabling sub-option of the vendor-specific information. |
Example |
SEFOS(d6pool-vendor)# sub option 3 address 0000::1111 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • vendor-specific – Enters into vendor-specific configuration mode with vendor-specific identification number. • show ipv6 dhcp pool - Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This command sets a link-address IPv6 prefix. The server uses the configuration information pool, when an address on the incoming interface or a link-address in the packet matches the specified IPv6-prefix. The no form of the command removes the link-address IPv6 prefix. |
Syntax |
link-address
<IPV6-Prefix> no link-address
<IPV6-Prefix> |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# link-address 2222::1111 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool– Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp pool– Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This command defines the DNS domain suffix which is provided to the client in reply message on request. The no form of the command deletes the DNS domain suffix. |
Syntax |
domain-name <domain
name> [preference <value (0-255)> ] no domain-name <domain
name> [preference value] |
Parameter Description |
• <domain name> - Configures the domain name prefix that is used to resolve a domain name. The maximum string size is 64. • preference<value (0-255)> - Configures the preference value of the pool. This value ranges from 0 to 255. The DHCPv6 client uses this value to select the best information on receiving multiple reply messages from different servers. |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# domain-name 34 preference 56 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool– Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This command defines the DNS server IP address which is provided to the client in the reply message on request. The no form of the command deletes the DNS server IP address. |
Syntax |
dns-server
<ipv6-address> no dns-server
<ipv6-address> |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# dns-server 3333::2222 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This command defines the SIP server IP address which is provided to the client in reply message on request. The no form of the command deletes the SIP server IP address. |
Syntax |
sip address
<ipv6-address> [preference <value (0-255)> ] no sip address
<ipv6-address> |
Parameter Description |
• <ipv6-address> - Configures an IPv6 address that can be set as a SIP server. • preference<value (0-255)> - Configures the preference value of the pool. This value ranges from 0 to 255. The DHCPv6 client uses this value to select the best information on receiving multiple reply messages from different servers. |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# sip address 0000::2222 preference 34 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This command defines the SIP domain name which is provided to the client in reply message on request. The maximum string size is 64. The no form of the command deletes the SIP domain name. |
Syntax |
sip domain-name
<domain-name> no sip domain-name
<domain-name> |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# sip domain-name sip |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This command sets pool-specific DHCPv6 server option. The no form of the command deletes the pool-specific DHCPv6 server option. |
Syntax |
option <code (1-65535)>
{ ascii <string> | hex <Hex String> | ipv6 <address> } no option <code
(1-65535)> { ascii <string> |hex <hex_str> | ipv6
<address> } |
Parameter Description |
• <code(1-65535> - Indicates a unique option type. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • ascii<string> - Configures an ASCII string that can be provided as an option value. The maximum string size is 255. • hex<Hex String> - Configures a hexadecimal string that can be provided as an option value. This value is an octet string of size varying between 1 and 32. • ipv6 <address> - Configures an IPv6 address that can be provided as an option value. |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# option 30 ipv6 2222::1111 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the DUID type to be used for the server identifier. DUID consists of a two-octet type code represented in network byte order and a variable number of octets, to make an actual identifier. Server sends a server identifier TLV in the reply message. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp server-id type {llt
| en | ll} |
Parameter Description |
• llt - Configures the DUID formed based on LLT. The DHCPv6 server uses the link layer address of the interface and current system time value for the server identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of a two octet type field containing the value 1, a two octet hardware type code, four octets containing a time value, and a link-layer address of any one network interface that is connected to the DHCP device at the time of generation of the DUID. ▪ For server ID configured as llt, the DHCPv6 client and server should: § Compulsorily have a stable storage. § Store DUID-LLT in stable storage. § Continue to use DUID-LLT, even if network interface used to generate the DUID-LLT is removed. § Attempt to configure the time prior to generation of DUID, if possible, and should use time source (for example, real-time clock) for generating the DUID, even if the source is not configurable prior to the generation of the DUID. • en - Configures the DUID which is assigned by the vendor based on EN. The DHCPv6 server uses the vendor-assigned unique ID based on the EN for the server identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of vendor’s registered private enterprise number as maintained by IANA and a unique identifier assigned by the vendor. ▪ For server ID configured as en: § The identifier assigned by the vendor should be unique to device. § The unique identifier should be assigned to the device during its manufacture itself and should be stored in a non-volatile storage. § The generated DUID should be recorded in a non-erasable storage. • ll - Configures the DUID formed based on LL. The DHCPv6 server uses the link layer address for the server identifier option TLV value. This type of DUID consists of two octets containing the DUID type 3, a two octet network hardware type code, and a link-layer address of any one network interface that is permanently connected to the client or server device. ▪ For server ID configured as ll: § DHCP-LL should not be used by clients or servers that cannot identify whether a network interface is permanently attached to the device on which the DHCP client is running. § Same DHCP-LL should be used in configuring all network interfaces connected to the device, regardless of usage of any interface’s link-layer address to generate the DUID. |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
llt |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# ipv6 dhcp server-id type en |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This command is used to configure the interface that is used in the formation of the DUID based on LLT or on LL. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp server-id interface
<interface-type> <interface-id> |
Parameter Description |
• <interface-type> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Configures DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than internal-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only internal-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types internal-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents i-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
An arbitrary interface value is used. |
Note:
|
• The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. • The physical interface configured to be used in the formation of DUID should have been already configured as router port. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# ipv6 dhcp server-id interface extreme-ethernet 0/3 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the information at server end for specified interface. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the refresh time value that is to be sent to the client.
The minimum refresh time value that is to be set is 600 seconds (10 minutes). The no form of the command deletes the refresh timer option from the pool. |
Syntax |
information refresh {days <
value integer(0-7) > [hours < value integer(0-24)> minutes(0-60)
< value integer> ] | infinity} no information refresh |
Parameter Description |
• days< value integer(0-7) > - Configures the refresh time to be specified as number of days. This value ranges from 0 to 7. • hours< value integer(0-24)> - Configures the refresh time to be specified as number of hours. This value ranges from 0 to 24. • minutes(0-60) < value integer> - Configures the refresh time to be specified as number of minutes. This value ranges from 0 to 60. • infinity - Sets IPv6 value of 0xffffffff that is used to configure the information refresh time to infinity. That is, sets the refresh time value as 4294967295 seconds. |
Mode |
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The DHCPv6 server address pool should be created before executing this command. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-d6pool)# information refresh days 4 hours 5 minutes 56 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Command Objective |
This
command associates the DHCPv6 server pool with an interface. The no form of the command removes the association of the server pool with the interface. |
Syntax |
ipv6 dhcp server
[<pool-name (1-64)> [preference <value (0-255)>]] no ipv6 dhcp server |
Parameter Description |
• <pool-name(1-64)> - Configures the pool name which should be a unique and NULL terminated string. The maximum string size is 64. • preference<value (0-255)> - Configures the preference value of the pool. This value ranges from 0 to 255.The DHCPv6 client uses this value to select the best information on receiving multiple reply messages from different servers. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN / Router ) |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
preference - 0 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ipv6 dhcp server 33 preference 45 |
Related
Command(s) |
• no switchport – Configures the port as router port. • clear ipv6 dhcp server statistics – Clears DHCPv6 server statistics for a particular interface or for all the interfaces. • show ipv6 dhcp pool – Displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. • show ipv6 dhcp interface – Displays the various configuration information at server end for specified interface or all the interfaces. • show ipv6 dhcp server ststistics – Displays the DHCPv6 server statistics. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the debugging options and traces in the DHCPv6 server. The
no form of the command unsets the debugging options and traces in the DHCPv6
server, and resets the trace to the default value. |
Syntax |
debug ipv6 dhcp server
{[init-shut] [mgmt] [ctrl] [pkt] [resource] [fail] [buffer] [critical] |
[all]} no debug ipv6 dhcp server
{[init-shut] [mgmt] [ctrl] [pkt] [resource] [fail] [buffer] [critical] |
[all]} |
Parameter Description |
• init-shut - Generates debug messages for init and shutdown traces. These traces are used during the module initialization and shutdown, and for cases such as failure of RBTree creation and so on. • mgmt - Generates debug messages for management traces. • ctrl - Generates debug messages for control plane traces. These traces are used for cases such as MBSM card removal, failure of state change and so on. • pkt - Generates debug messages for packet dump traces. These traces are used during the reception and transmission of packets. • resource - Generates debug messages for traces related to all resources such as memory, data structure and the like. These traces are used for failure of memory allocation and so on. • fail - Generates debug messages for all failure traces. These traces are used for all valid and invalid failures (expected and unexpected errors). • buffer - Generates debug messages for buffer allocation or release traces. • critical - Generates debug messages for SL-DHCPv6 server critical traces. These traces are used for cases such as failure of RBTree addition, failure to program the hardware, and so on. • all - Generates debug messages for all traces. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode / User Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Default |
critical |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ipv6 dhcp server mgmt D6SR: Trace Option Set enable mgmt |
Command Objective |
This
command clears DHCPv6 server statistics for a particular interface or for all
the interfaces. |
Syntax |
clear ipv6 dhcp server
statistics [interface {vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> | <interface-type>
<interface-id>} ] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Clears DHCPv6 server statistics for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Clears DHCPv6 server statistics for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Clears DHCPv6 server statistics for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than Internal-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only internal-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types internal-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents internal-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# clear ipv6 dhcp server statistics |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp server – Associates the DHCPv6 server pool with an interface. • show ipv6 dhcp server ststistics – Displays the DHCPv6 server statistics. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the DHCPv6 configuration information at server end. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp Client information: Listen UDP port : 546 Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : disabled SNMP traps : none Server information: Listen UDP port : 45 Client Transmit UDP port : 546 Relay Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : enabled SNMP traps : auth-fail Authentication Information: Client DUID : ers Realm Name : 33 Key Value : 1 Key Identifier : 33:33 Relay information: Listen UDP port : 34 Client Transmit UDP port : 546 Server Transmit UDP port : 547 Sys log status : enabled SNMP traps : invalid-pkt,max-hop-count |
Related
Command(s) |
• snmp-server enable traps ipv6 dhcp server – Enables the SNMP traps for DHCPv6 server. • ipv6 dhcp server port – Configures the information-request listen, reply transmit, and relay-reply transmit UDP ports. • ipv6 dhcp server syslog – Enables or disables the syslog feature in DHCPv6 server. • ipv6 dhcp authentication server client-id – Creates client configuration pool at the server and enters into the client pool configuration mode. • ipv6 dhcp authentication – Configures the realm and key value. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the DHCPv6 server pool information. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp pool
[<pool-name(1-64)>] |
Parameter Description |
• <pool-name(1-64)> - Displays the server pool information of the configured pool. This name should be a unique and NULL terminated string. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp pool server-pool1 Pool : server-pool1 ACTIVE DHCPv6 unique type(DUID Type) : Link-layer Address Plus Time DHCPv6 unique identifier(DUID): 0001000200000167fe80000000000000020102ff fe030401 Preference : 255 Associated Interfaces : Xl0/3 Associated IPv6 Prefix : SIP servers : fe80::200d:88ff:fe67:6666 DNS servers : fe80::200d:88ff:fe67:6666 SIP domain list : Oracle.com DNS search list : Oracle.com |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • vendor-specific – Enters into vendor-specific configuration mode with vendor-specific identification number. • link-address – Sets a link-address IPv6 prefix. • domain-name – Defines the DNS domain suffix which is provided to the client in reply message on request. • dns-server – Defines the DNS server IP address which is provided to the client in reply message on request. • sip address – Defines the SIP server IP address which is provided to the client in reply message on request. • sip domain-name – Defines the SIP domain name which is provided to the client in reply message on request. • option – Sets pool-specific DHCPv6 server option. • ipv6 dhcp server-id type – Configures the DUID type to be used for the server identifier. • information refresh – Configures the refresh time value that is to be sent to the client. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the DHCPv6 configuration information at server end for specified interface or all the interfaces. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp interface [
{vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> | <interface-type> <interface-id>}] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ i-lan– Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. • <interface-id> - Displays DHCPv6 for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan ID is provided, for interface types i-lan. For example: 1 represents i-lan ID. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp interface extreme-ethernet 0/3 is in server mode Preference value : 255 Using pool : server-pool1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp pool – Creates a DHCPv6 server address pool. • ipv6 dhcp server – Associates the DHCPv6 server pool with an interface. |
Command Objective |
This command displays the DHCPv6 server statistics such as number of PDUs transmitted or received. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 dhcp server
statistics [interface {vlan <VlanId(1-4094)> | <interface-type>
<interface-id>} ] |
Parameter Description |
• vlan<VlanId(1-4094)> - Displays DHCPv6 server statistics for the specified VLAN ID. This is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN created or to be created. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. • <interface-type> - Displays DHCPv6 server statistics for the specified type of interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel – Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several ports aggregated together. • <interface-id> - Displays DHCPv6 server statistics for the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than internal-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only internal-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types internal-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents internal-lan and port-channel ID. |
Mode |
Privileged Exec Mode |
Package |
Workgroup, Enterprise, Metro, and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 dhcp server statistics extreme-ethernet 0/3 Transmitted: reply : 1 relay-reply : 0 Received: information-request : 1 relay-forward : 0 invalid : 0 hmac-failure : 0 lastUnknownTlv : 0 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 dhcp server – Associates the DHCPv6 server pool with an interface. • clear ipv6 dhcp server statistics – Clears DHCPv6 server statistics for a particular interface or for all the interfaces. |
RIP
(Routing Information Protocol) is a widely used protocol for managing router
information within a self-contained network such as a corporate local area
network or an interconnected group of such LANs. RIP is classified by the IETF
(Internet Engineering Task Force) as one of several internal gateway protocols.
RIP
sends routing-update messages at regular intervals and when the network
topology changes. When a router receives a routing update that includes changes
to an entry, it updates its routing table to reflect the new route. The metric
value for the path is increased by 1, and the sender is indicated as the next
hop. RIP routers maintain only the best route (the route with the lowest metric
value) to a destination. After updating its routing table, the router
immediately begins transmitting routing updates to inform other network routers
about the change. These updates are sent independently of the regularly
scheduled updates that RIP routers send. RIP uses a hop count as a way to
determine network distance. Each host with a router in the network uses the
routing table information to determine the next host to route a packet to, for
a specified destination.
• The list of CLI commands for the configuration of RIP is common to both Single Instance and Multiple Instance except for a difference in the prompt that appears for the switch with Multiple Instance support.
The
prompt for the Switch Configuration Mode is,
SEFOS(config-switch)#
• The parameters specific to Multiple Instance are stated so, against the respective parameter descriptions in this document.
• The output of the show commands differ for Single Instance and Multiple Instance. Hence both the output are documented while depicting the show command examples.
Command Objective |
This
command enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and
enters the router configuration mode. The no form of the command disables RIP on all the interfaces for the default or specific VRF instance. The default instance is used, if the VRF name is not specified. |
Syntax |
router rip [vrf <name>] no router rip [vrf <name>] |
Parameter Description |
• vrf<name> - Enables or disables RIP for the specified VRF instance. This value represents unique name of the VRF instance. This value is a string whose maximum size is 32. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Router RIP is disabled. |
Note:
|
VRF instance should be created before executing this command to enable the RIP in the specific context. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# router rip SEFOS (config-router)# |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip vrf - Creates VRF instance. • ip rip default route originate - Sets the metric to be used for default route propagated over the VLAN interface or router port in a RIP update message and generates a default route into RIP. • ip rip summary-address - Sets route aggregation over a VLAN interface or router port for all subnet routes that fall under the specified IP address and mask. • ip rip default route install - Installs the default route received in updates to the RIP database. • ip rip send version - Sets the IP RIP version number for transmitting advertisements. • ip rip receive version - Sets IP RIP version number for receiving advertisements. • ip rip authentication mode - Configures the authentication mode and key to be used in RIP packets for VLAN interface or router port. • timers basic - Configures update, route age, and garbage collection timers for the VLAN interface or router port. • ip split-horizon - Enables the split horizon updates for the RIP. • debug ip rip – Sets the debug level for RIP module. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. •
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type. • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-generate - Configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • version - Sets global version of RIP. • version none - Sets IP RIP transmitting advertisements to neither be sent nor received. • redistribute – Enables or disables RIP participation in Route Redistribution. • redistribute -isis – Enables or disables RIP participation in Route Redistribution for ISIS. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the security level of the RIP in the system to accept or
ignore RIPv1 packets when authentication is in use. The no
form of the command sets the security level to its default value. |
Syntax |
ip rip security { minimum | maximum } no ip rip security |
Parameter Description |
•
minimum - Denotes that the RIPv1 packets
will be accepted even when authentication is in use. •
maximum - Denotes that the RIPv1 packets
will be ignored when authentication is in use. |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Maximum |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# ip rip security minimum |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the retransmission timeout interval and number of retries to retransmit the update request packet or an unacknowledged update response packet. The no
form of the command sets the retransmission timeout interval or the number of
retransmission retries to its default value. If no
response is received during retries, then the routes through the next hop
router are marked as unreachable. |
Syntax |
ip rip retransmission { interval <timeout-value
(5-10)> | retries <value (10-40)> } no ip rip retransmit { interval | retries } |
Parameter Description |
•
interval<timeout-value
(5-10)> - Configures
the timeout interval to be used to retransmit the update request packet or an
unacknowledged update response packet. The packets are transmitted at the
specified interval till a response is received or till the maximum number of retries.
This value ranges from 5 to 10. •
retries<value (10-40)>
- Configures the maximum
number of retransmissions of the update request and update response packets.
This value ranges from 10 to 40. |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
•
interval
- 5 • retries - 36 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# ip rip retransmission retries 30 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This command enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. It configures a list of networks for the RIP routing process. RIP routing updates will be sent and received only through the specified interfaces on this network. If an interface's network is not specified, then the network will not be advertised in any RIP update. The no
form of the command disassociates RIP routing process with the specified IP
network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Syntax |
network <ip-address>[unnum {vlan
<vlan-id/vfi-id> [switch <switch-name>] | <iftype>
<ifnum>}] no network <ip-address> [unnum {vlan
<vlan-id/vfi-id> [switch <switch-name>] | <iftype>
<ifnum>}] |
Parameter Description |
•
<ip-address>
- Configures the IP network
address of the interface that is to be associated with RIP routing process. ▪ The
network IP address specified must not contain any subnet information. RIP
routing updates will be sent and received only through interfaces on this
network. ▪ The
IP address should be same as that of the existing VLAN interface or router
port. • vlan <vlan-id/vfi-id> - Configures the unnumbered VLAN / VFI ID that is to be associated with RIP routing process. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. ▪ <vlan –id> - VLAN ID is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. ▪ <vfi-id> - VFI ID is a VLAN created in the system which contains pseudowires and attachment circuits as member ports. This creates a logical LAN for the VPLS service. This value ranges from 4096 to 65535. Note: The VLAN ID 4095 is reserved and may be used to indicate a wildcard match for the VID in management operations or filtering database entries. Note: VFI IDs 4096 and 4097 are reserved identifiers used in MPLS PW. Note: The theoretical maximum for the maximum number of VFI is 65535 but the actual number of VFI supported is a sizing constant. Based on this, the maximum number of VFI ID accepted in the management interface is restricted. For example if 100 VFIs are supported, the maximum number of VFI supported will be restricted to 100 added to the maximum number of VLANs. An error message is displayed for any value beyond this range. • switch<switch-name> - Configures switch context for the unnumbered VLAN ID. This value represents unique name of the switch context. This value is a string whose maximum size is 32. This parameter is specific to multiple instance feature. • <iftype> - Configures the type of unnumbered router interface that is to be associated with RIP routing process. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ i-lan / internal-lan – Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. ▪ port-channel
– Logical interface that represents an aggregator which contains several
ports aggregated together. •
<ifnum> - Configures
the unnumbered router interface identifier. This is a unique value that
represents the specific interface that is to be associated with RIP routing
process. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated
by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan and port-channel. For
example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only
i-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types i-lan and
port-channel. For example: 1 represents i-lan or port-channel ID. |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The IPv4 address can be set for the interface only after creating and mapping the VRF instance to it, for enabling RIP in the VRF instance. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# network 12.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ip address – Creates an IP address. • router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • passive-interface – Suppresses the RIP routing updates on a specified VLAN interface in a defined L2 switch context or default context, or on a specified router port. • ip rip default route originate - Sets the metric to be used for default route propagated over the VLAN interface or router port in a RIP update message and generates a default route into RIP. • ip rip summary-address - Sets route aggregation over a VLAN interface or router port for all subnet routes that fall under the specified IP address and mask. • ip rip default route install - Installs the default route received in updates to the RIP database. • ip rip send version - Sets the IP RIP version number for transmitting advertisements. • ip rip receive version - Sets IP RIP version number for receiving advertisements. • ip rip authentication mode - Configures the authentication mode and key to be used in RIP packets for VLAN interface or router port. • timers basic - Configures update, route age, and garbage collection timers for the VLAN interface or router port. • ip split-horizon - Enables the split horizon updates for the RIP. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. •
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type. • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-generate - Configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • version - Sets global version of RIP. • version none - Sets IP RIP transmitting advertisements to neither be sent nor received. |
Command Objective |
This command adds a trusted neighbor router with which routing information can be exchanged and from which RIP packets can be accepted. This command permits the point-to-point (nonbroadcast) exchange of routing information. When used in combination with the passive-interface VLAN, router configuration command, routing information can be exchanged between a subset of routers and access servers. On a LAN, multiple neighbor commands can be used to specify additional neighbors or peers. The no
form of the command deletes a trusted neighbor router. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip address> no neighbor <ip address> |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.5 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This command suppresses the RIP routing updates on a specified VLAN interface in a defined L2 switch context or default context, or on a specified router port. It denotes that the RIP process runs in a passive VLAN interface or passive router port. If the sending of routing updates is disabled on an interface, the particular subnet will continue to be advertised to other interfaces, and updates from other routers on that interface continue to be received and processed. The no form of the command restricts suppressing of RIP routing updates from an interface. |
Syntax |
passive-interface {vlan <vlan-id/vfi-id> [switch
<switch-name>] | <interface-type> <interface-id>} no passive-interface {vlan <vlan-id/vfi-id> [switch
<switch-name>] | <interface-type> <interface-id>} |
Parameter Description |
• vlan <vlan-id/vfi-id> - Sets the specified VLAN/VFI interface as a passive interface on which RIP routing updates are suppressed. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. ▪ <vlan –id> - VLAN ID is a unique value that represents the specific VLAN. This value ranges from 1 to 4094. ▪ <vfi-id> - VFI ID is a VLAN created in the system which contains pseudowires and attachment circuits as member ports. This creates a logical LAN for the VPLS service. This value ranges from 4096 to 65535. Note: The VLAN ID 4095 is reserved and may be used to indicate a wildcard match for the VID in management operations or filtering database entries. Note: VFI IDs 4096 and 4097 are reserved identifiers used in MPLS PW. Note: The theoretical maximum for the maximum number of VFI is 65535 but the actual number of VFI supported is a sizing constant. Based on this, the maximum number of VFI ID accepted in the management interface is restricted. For example if 100 VFIs are supported, the maximum number of VFI supported will be restricted to 100 added to the maximum number of VLANs. An error message is displayed for any value beyond this range. • switch <switch-name> - Configures the switch context for the VLAN interface that is set as passive interface. This value represents unique name of the switch context. This value is a string whose maximum size is 32. This parameter is specific to multiple instance feature. This feature has been included to adhere to the Industry Standard CLI syntax. This feature is currently not supported. • <interface‑type> - Sets the specified type of router interface as passive interface. The interface can be: ▪ fastethernet – Officially referred to as 100BASE-T standard. This is a version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 100 Megabits per second. ▪ XL-ethernet – A version of LAN standard architecture that supports data transfer up to 40 Gigabits per second. ▪ extreme-ethernet – A version of Ethernet that supports data transfer up to 10 Gigabits per second. ▪ i-lan– Internal LAN created on a bridge per IEEE 802.1ap. • <interface-id> - Configures the specified interface identifier. This is a unique value that represents the specific interface which is to be set as passive interface. This value is a combination of slot number and port number separated by a slash, for interface type other than i-lan and port-channel. For example: 0/1 represents that the slot number is 0 and port number is 1. Only i-lan or port-channel ID is provided, for interface types i-lan and port-channel. For example: 1 represents i-lan or port-channel ID. |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# passive-interface vlan 1 |
Note:
|
This command executes only if RIP is enabled on an IP network. |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. |
Command Objective |
This command enables interpacket delay for RIP updates, where the delay is in milliseconds between packets in a multiple-packet RIP update. This interpacket delay feature helps in preventing the routing table from losing information due to flow of RIP updates from high speed router to low speed router. The no
form of the command disables interpacket delay for RIP updates. |
Syntax |
output-delay no output-delay |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Disabled
(Interpacket delay feature is disabled) |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# output-delay |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. • output-delay-value - Enables interpacket delay for RIP updates, where the delay is in milliseconds between packets in a multiple-packet RIP update. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables RIP participation in Route Redistribution.. When enabled, RIP starts
advertising the routes learned by other protocols. The no
form of the command disables RIP participation in Route Redistribution. When disabled, RIP will
stop redistribution of routes but will continue to send updates to the RTM. |
Syntax |
redistribute { all | bgp | connected | ospf | static }
[route-map <string(20)>] no redistribute { all | bgp | connected | ospf | static }
[route-map <string(20)>] |
Parameter Description |
•
all - Specifies
that all routes have to be imported from the RIP. Redistributes all
routes that are learned into RIP process. •
bgp - Imports routes that are learned by BGP into RIP process. •
connected - Imports
directly connected network routes
into RIP routing
process. •
ospf - Imports routes that are learned by the
OSPF process into RIP
routing process. •
static - Imports
routes configured
statically, into RIP
routing process. •
route-map<string(20)>
- Specifies the name of the
route-map in the list of route-maps. This value is a string with the maximum size of 20. |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
By default, Route Redistribution is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# redistribute all SEFOS(config-router)# redistribute connected route-map route1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • default-metric – Sets the RIP default metric. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command
Objective |
This command enables RIP
participation in Route Redistribution for ISIS.
When enabled, RIP will start advertising the routes learned by ISIS
protocol. The no form of the command disables
RIP participation in Route Redistribution for ISIS.
When disabled, RIP will stop redistribution of routes but will
continue to send updates to the RTM. |
Syntax |
redistribute
{ isis } [{level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2}] [route-map <string(20)>] no
redistribute { isis } [{level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 }] [route-map
<string(20)>] |
Parameter
Description |
•
isis
- Imports routes that are learned by ISIS into RIP routing
process. •
level-1
- Specifies that Level-1 routes have to be imported from ISIS. •
level-2
- Specifies that Level-2 routes have to be imported from ISIS. •
level-1-2
- Specifies that Level-1-2 routes have to be imported from
ISIS. •
route-map<string(20)>
- Specifies the name of the route-map
in the list of route-maps.
This value is a string with the maximum size 20. |
Mode |
RIP Router
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise and
Metro_E |
Default |
By default, Route Redistribution is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# redistribute isis level-1 route-map route1 |
Related Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • default-metric – Sets the RIP default metric. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables route-map filtering for inbound or outbound routes and
defines the conditions for distributing the routes from one routing protocol
to another. The no
form of the command disables route-map filtering for inbound or outbound
routes. |
Syntax |
distribute-list route-map <name(1-20)> {in | out} no distribute-list route-map <name(1-20)> {in | out} |
Parameter Description |
• <name(1-20)> - Configures the name of the existing route-map for which filtering should be enabled. This value is a string with the maximum size of 20. • in - Sets route-map filtering for inbound routes. • out - Sets route-map filtering for outbound routes. |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
Only one route-map can be set for inbound or outbound routes. Another route-map can be assigned, only if the already assigned route-map is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# distribute-list route-map rmap-test in |
Related Command(s) |
•
router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF
instance. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the default metric values to be used for redistributed
routes for RIP, where the default metric will be used for the imported routes
from RTM. The command is used in conjunction with the redistribute, router
command to cause the current routing protocol to use the same metric value
for all redistributed routes. A default metric helps solve the problem of
redistributing routes with incompatible metrics. The default metric provides
a reasonable substitute and enables the redistribution to proceed further. The metric value ranges between 1
and 16. The no
form of the command sets the metric used with redistributed routes to
its default value. Note:
The metric value given in
the no form of the command will be ignored during the execution of the
command. |
Syntax |
default-metric [ <value> ] no default-metric [<short (1-16)>] |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
3 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# default-metric 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • redistribute – Enables or disables RIP participation in Route Redistribution. • redistribute -isis – Enables or disables RIP participation in Route Redistribution for ISIS. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This command
enables the administrative distance (that is, the metric to reach the
destination) of the routing protocol and sets the administrative distance
value. The distance value ranges between 1 and 255. This
distance value will not be used for distribute list. The administrative
distance can be enabled for only one route-map. The distance should be
disabled for the already assigned route-map, if distance needs to be enabled
for another route-map. The no
form of the command disables the administrative distance. |
Syntax |
distance <1-255> [route-map <name(1-20)>] no distance [route-map <name(1-20)>] |
Parameter Description |
• route-map <name(1-20)> - Configures the name of the existing route-map for which the distance value should be enabled and set. This value is a string with the maximum size of 20. |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
121 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# distance 10 route-map rmap-test |
Related Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. |
Command Objective |
This command enables or disables the auto summarization of routes in RIP and restores the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network-level routes. |
Syntax |
auto-summary {enable | disable} |
Parameter Description |
• enable - Enables auto summarization feature in RIP, so that the summary routes are sent in regular updates for RIP. •
disable - Disables
auto summarization feature in RIP, so that either individual subnet route is
sent or subnet routes are sent based on the specific aggregation configured
over the interface. |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
enable |
Note:
|
Auto-summarization feature must be disabled to configure interface-specific aggregation with RIP version 2. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# auto-summary disable |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • ip rip summary-address - Sets route aggregation over a VLAN interface or router port for all subnet routes that fall under the specified IP address and mask. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. • auto-summary - Enables the auto summarization of routes in RIP and restores the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network-level routes. |
Command Objective |
This command sets the metric to be used for default route propagated over the VLAN interface or router port in a RIP update message and generates a default route into RIP. The metric value ranges between 1 and 15. The no form of the command disables origination of default route over the interface. |
Syntax |
ip rip default route originate <metric(1-15)> no ip rip default route originate |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Default route origination is disabled. |
Note:
|
• This command executes only if RIP is enabled in the switch. • Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip default route originate 10 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. • default-information originate - Sets the metric to be used for default route propagated over the interface. |
Command Objective |
This command sets route aggregation over a VLAN interface or router port for all subnet routes that fall under the specified IP address and mask. The no form of the command disables route aggregation with the specified IP address and mask. |
Syntax |
ip rip summary-address <ip-address> <mask> no ip rip summary-address <ip-address> <mask> |
Parameter Description |
• ip-address - Configures the IP address that is to be combined with the subnet mask to set route aggregation for all subnet routes that fall under the specified IP address and mask of the interface-specific aggregation. • mask - Configures the subnet mask that is to be combined with the IP address to set route aggregation for all subnet routes that fall under the specified mask and IP address of the interface-specific aggregation. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
• This command executes only if RIP is enabled in the switch. • Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. • This command should not be used with RIPv1 send version. • Auto-summarization overrides interface-specific aggregation. Therefore, auto-summarization should be disabled for interface-specific route aggregation. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip summary-address 12.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
router rip – Enables
RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router
configuration mode. •
auto-summary enable-disable
– Enables or disables auto summarization of routes in RIP. •
network –
Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. •
show ip protocols
- Displays information
about active routing protocol. |
Command Objective |
This command installs the default route received in updates to the RIP database. The no form of the command blocks the installation of default route received in updates to the RIP database. |
Syntax |
ip rip default route install no ip rip default route install |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
The installation of default route to
the RIP database is restricted. |
Note:
|
• This command executes only if RIP is enabled in the switch. • Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip default route install |
Related
Command(s) |
•
router rip – Enables
RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router
configuration mode. •
network –
Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. •
show ip protocols
- Displays information
about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This command sets the IP RIP version number for transmitting advertisements (that is, version of RIP updates to be sent on a VLAN interface or router port). The no form of the command sets IP RIP send version number to its default value. |
Syntax |
ip rip send [demand] version { [1] [2] } no ip rip send version |
Parameter Description |
• demand - Configures the RIP version number for demand trigger updates. •
version { [1] [2]} - Configures version of RIP updates
to be sent. The options are: ▪ 1 - Sends only RIP updates compliant with RFC 1058, on the interface. ▪ 2
- Sends only multicasting
RIP updates on the interface. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
• This command executes only if RIP is enabled in the switch. • Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip send version 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
This
command sets IP RIP version number for receiving advertisements (that
is, version of RIP updates to be received on a VLAN interface or router port). The no
form of the command sets IP RIP receive version number to its default value. |
|
Syntax |
ip rip receive version { [1] [2]} no ip rip receive version |
Parameter Description |
•
1 - Receives only RIP updates
compliant with RFC 1058, on the interface. • 2 - Receives only multicasting RIP updates on the interface. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
•
This command executes only if RIP is enabled
in the switch. • Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip receive version 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the authentication mode and key to be used in RIP
packets for VLAN interface or router port. The no
form of the command disables authentication. |
Syntax |
ip rip authentication mode { text | md5 } key-chain
<key-chain-name (16)> no ip rip authentication |
Parameter Description |
•
text - Configures the authentication
type as simple text. • md5 - Configures the authentication type as keyed MD5 (Message Digest 5) authentication. • key-chain <key-chain-name (16)> - Configures the key-chain value to be used as the authentication key. If a string shorter than 16 octets is supplied, it will be left-justified and padded to 16 octets, on the right, with nulls (0x00). |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
None
(No authentication is set) |
Note:
|
•
This command executes only if RIP is enabled
in the switch. •
Only the configurations that are done after
associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP
routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip authentication mode text key-chain abcdea |
Related
Command(s) |
•
router rip – Enables
RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router
configuration mode. •
network –
Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. •
show ip protocols
- Displays information
about the active routing protocol process. •
ip
rip authentication mode - Configures the authentication mode for RIP version 2. •
ip
rip authentication key-chain - Configures the interface RIP version 2 authentication string. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures update, route age, and garbage collection timers for the VLAN
interface or router port. The no
form of the command sets update, route age, and garbage collection timers to
the default values. |
Syntax |
timers basic <update-value (10-3600)>
<routeage-value (30-500)> <garbage-value (120-180)> no timers basic |
Parameter Description |
• update-value(10-3600) - Configures the time interval (in seconds) at which the RIP updates should be sent. This is the fundamental timing parameter of the routing protocol. This value ranges from 10 to 3600 seconds. • routeage-value(30-500) - Configures the time (in seconds) after which the route entry is put into garbage collect (that is, marked as invalid). This value ranges from 30 to 500 seconds. • garbage-value(120-180) - Configures the time (in seconds) after which the route entry marked as invalid is deleted. The advertisements of this entry are set to INFINITY while being sent to others. This value ranges from 120 to 180 seconds. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
•
update-value
- 30 • routeage-value - 180 • garbage-value - 120 |
Note:
|
•
This command executes only if RIP is enabled
in the switch. •
Only the configurations that are done after
associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP
routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# timers basic 360 300 130 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. • timers basic - Configures update, route age, and garbage collection timers for the VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the split horizon updates for the RIP which prevents the
routing loops in distance routing protocol, by prohibiting the router from
advertising a route back onto the interface. The split horizon updates are
applied in the response packets sent. The no
form of the command disables the split horizon updates. |
Syntax |
ip split-horizon [poisson] no ip split-horizon |
Parameter Description |
•
poisson - Configures the split horizon with
poisson reverse enabled. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Split
horizon with poisson reverse is enabled. |
Note:
|
•
This command executes only if RIP is enabled
in the switch. •
Only the configurations that are done after
associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP
routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip split-horizon |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the debug level for RIP module. The no
form of the command resets the debug level for RIP module. This command allows combination of debug levels to be configured (that is, more than one level of trace can be enabled or disabled). The debug levels are configured one after the other and not in single execution of the command. |
Syntax |
debug ip rip [vrf <name>] { all | init | data |
control | dump | os | mgmt | failure | buffer } no debug ip rip [vrf <name>]{ all | init | data |
control | dump | os | mgmt | failure | buffer } |
Parameter Description |
• vrf <name> - Configures debug level for the specified VRF instance. This value represents unique name of the VRF instance. This value is a string whose maximum size is 32. This feature has been included to adhere to the Industry Standard CLI syntax. This feature is currently not supported. •
all - Generates debug messages for all
traces. • init - Generates debug messages for initialization traces. This trace is generated on failed initialization of RIP-related entries. • data - Generates debug messages for data path traces. This trace is generated during failure in packet processing. • control - Generates debug messages for control plane traces. • dump - Generates debug messages for packet dump traces. • os - Generates debug messages for OS resource traces. This trace is generated during failure in message queues. • mgmt - Generates debug messages for management traces. This trace is generated during failure in configuration of any of the RIP features. • failure - Generates debug messages for all failure messages (All failures including packet validation). • buffer - Generates debug messages for buffer traces. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
init |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ip rip all |
Note:
|
This command executes only if RIP is enabled. |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • debug ip rip - database/events/trigger - Sets the debug level for RIP module. |
Command Objective |
This command displays IP RIP protocol database ,statistics, or authentication-related information. |
Syntax |
show ip rip [vrf <name>] { database [
<ip-address> <ip-mask> ] | statistics | authentication} |
Parameter Description |
• vrf<name> - Displays RIP database or statistics-related information for the specified VRF instance. This value represents unique name of the VRF instance. This value is a string with a maximum size of 32. •
database [ <ip-address>
<ip-mask> ] - Displays
the RIP protocol database details for all RIP interface entry or for entry
with the specified IP address and IP mask. • statistics - Displays the RIP statistics on the router. • authentication - Displays the authentication-related information configured for the RIP interface entry. The authentication information include the authentication type, authentication key-ids configured, and its associated lifetime values. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ip rip database Vrf default 12.0.0.0/8 [1] auto-summary 12.0.0.0/8 [1] directly connected, vlan1 15.0.0.0/8 [3] auto-summary 15.0.0.0/8 [3] directly connected, vlan2 20.0.0.0/8 [4] auto-summary 20.0.0.0/8 [4] via 12.0.0.2, vlan1 Vrf vrf1 12.0.0.0/8 [1] auto-summary 12.0.0.0/8 [1] directly connected, vlan2 SEFOS# show ip rip vrf default statistics Vrf default RIP Global Statistics: ---------------------- Total number of route changes is 1 Total number of queries responded is 1 Total number of dropped packets is 0 RIP Interface Statistics: ------------------------- Interface Periodic BadRoutes Triggered BadPackets Admin IP Address Updates Sent Received Updates Sent Received Status ----------- ----------- -------- ------------ -------- --- 12.0.0.1 19 1 2 0 Enabled SEFOS# show ip rip authentication RIP Interface Authentication Statistics: ---------------------------------------- Vrf default Interface Name vlan1 Authentication Type 3 Authentication KeyId in use: 0 Authentication Last key status: false RIP Authentication Key Info: ---------------------------- Authentication KeyId 0 Start Accept Time 2013-06-03,17:00:00 Start Generate Time 2013-06-03,17:00:00 Stop Generate Time 2013-06-03,17:00:00 Stop Accept Time 2013-06-03,17:00:00 RIP Authentication Key Info: ---------------------------- Authentication KeyId 1 Start Accept Time 2013-06-03,16:35:00 Start Generate Time 2013-06-03,16:35:00 Stop Generate Time 2136-02-06,06:28:15 Stop Accept Time 2136-02-06,06:28:15 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • passive-interface – Suppresses the RIP routing updates on a specified VLAN interface in a defined L2 switch context or default context, or on a specified router port. • auto-summary enable-disable - Enables or disables auto summarization of routes in RIP. •
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type. • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-generate - Configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. |
Command Objective |
This command stops the IP RIP transmitting advertisements to be sent on a VLAN interface or router port. |
Syntax |
ip rip send [demand] none |
Parameter Description |
• demand - Configures the RIP version number for demand trigger updates. •
none - Configures version of RIP updates to be sent as none and no RIP advertisements are
sent. |
.Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
• RIP should be enabled in the switch before executing this command. • Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip send none |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets that no IP RIP transmitting advertisements are received
on a VLAN interface or router port. |
Syntax |
ip rip receive version none |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
•
This command executes only if RIP is enabled
in the switch. • Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip receive version none |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. |
Command Objective |
This command sets the flag to decide whether the last authentication key on expiry, should take its lifetime to be infinite or not. |
Syntax |
rip [vrf <name>] authentication last-key infinite
lifetime { true | false } |
Parameter Description |
• vrf<name> - Enables RIP Crypto authentication for the specified VRF instance. This value represents unique name of the VRF instance. This value is a string whose maximum size is 32. • true - Sets the lifetime of last key to be infinite. The last key on expiry resets its lifetime to be infinite and continues to be the Key until new Authentication key-id is configured. • false - Sets the lifetime of last key not to be infinite. After the last key expires, the received RIP updates will be dropped and the routes may tear down. No updates will be sent on that interface. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
true |
Note:
|
This command executes only if RIP is enabled for
default VRF instance or specific VRF instance. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# rip vrf vrf1 authentication last-key infinite lifetime true |
Related
Command(s) |
•
router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router
configuration mode. • ip vrf - Creates VRF instance. • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-generate - Configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. |
Command Objective |
This command configures authentication type for crypto authentication. |
Syntax |
ip rip auth-type { md5 | sha-1 | sha-256 | sha-384 |
sha-512 } |
Parameter Description |
• md5 - Configures the authentication type as keyed MD5 (Message Digest 5) authentication. • sha-1 - Configures the authentication type as Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA1) authentication. SHA1 generates authentication digest of length 20 bytes. • sha-256 - Configures the authentication type as Secure Hash Algorithm 256 (SHA256) authentication. SHA256 generates authentication digest of length 32 bytes. • sha-384 - Configures the authentication type as Secure Hash Algorithm 384 (SHA384) authentication. SHA384 generates authentication digest of length 48 bytes. • sha-512 - Configures the authentication type as Secure Hash Algorithm 512 (SHA512) authentication. SHA512 generates authentication digest of length 64 bytes. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
md5 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip auth-type md5 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-generate - Configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. • network - Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the authentication key-id and the authentication key. The no form of the command deletes the authentication key-id. |
Syntax |
ip rip authentication key-id <integer (0-255)> key
<string (16)> no ip rip authentication key-id <integer (0-255)> |
Parameter Description |
• <integer (0-255)> - Configures the active authentication key ID currently used in the particular interface for sending RIP updates. This value ranges from 0 to 255. • key <string (16)> - Configures the key used as the authentication key. If a string shorter than 16 octets is supplied, it will be left-justified and padded to 16 octets, on the right, with nulls (0x00). |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip authentication key-id 0 key key1 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type. • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-generate - Configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • network - Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. |
Syntax |
ip rip key-id <integer (0-255)> start-accept
<key> |
Parameter Description |
• <integer (0-255)> - Configures the active authentication key-id currently used in the particular interface for sending RIP updates. This value ranges from 0 to 255. • start-accept <key> - Configures the time the router will start accepting packets that have been created with this key. If the value is not set. current time (time at which authentication key-id is configured) will be taken as start-accept time. Note: For example, Tuesday May 26, 1992 at 1:30:15 PM should be entered as, 1992-5-26,13:30:15 (YYYY-MM-DD,hh:mm:ss format). |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note: |
This
command only executes when •
RIP
is enabled on the interface. •
RIP Authentication mode is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip key-id 0 start-accept 2014-07-22,12:26:30 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type. • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-generate - Configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. •
show ip rip –
Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • network - Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. |
Syntax |
ip rip key-id <integer (0-255)> stop-accept <key> |
Parameter Description |
• <integer (0-255)> - Configures the active authentication key-id that is currently used in the particular interface for sending RIP updates. This value ranges from 0 to 255. • stop-accept <key> - Configures the time the router will stop accepting packets that have been created with this key. If the value is not set, then it will be taken as infinite and displayed as 2136-02-06, 06:28:15, the maximum date time equivalent. Note: For example, Tuesday May 26, 1992 at 1:30:15 PM should be configured as, 1992-5-26,13:30:15(YYYY-MM-DD,hh:mm:ss format) |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note: |
This
command only executes when •
RIP
is enabled on the interface. •
RIP Authentication mode is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip key-id 0 stop-accept 2014-07-22,12:26:30 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type. • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-generate - Configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • network - Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. |
Syntax |
ip rip key-id <integer (0-255)> start-generate <key> |
Parameter Description |
• <integer (0-255)> - Configures the active authentication key-id that is currently used in the particular interface for sending RIP updates. This value ranges from 0 to 255. • start-generate <key> - Configures the time that the router will start using this key for packet generation. If the value is not set, current time (time at which authentication key-id is configured) will be taken as start-generate time. Note: For example, Tuesday May 26, 1992 at 1:30:15 PM should be configured as, 1992-5-26,13:30:15 (YYYY-MM-DD,hh:mm:ss format) |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note: |
This
command only executes when •
RIP
is enabled on the interface. •
RIP Authentication mode is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip key-id 0 start-generate 2014-07-22,12:26:30 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. •
ip rip key-id stop-generate
- Configures the time when
the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • network - Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the time when the router stops generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. |
Syntax |
ip rip key-id <integer (0-255)> stop-generate <key> |
Parameter Description |
• <integer (0-255)> - Configures the active authentication key-id that is currently used in the particular interface for sending RIP updates. This value ranges from 0 to 255. • stop-generate <key> - Configures the time that the router will stop using this key for packets generation. If the value is not set, then it will be taken as infinite and displayed as 2136-02-06, 06:28:15, the maximum date time equivalent. Note: For example, Tuesday May 26, 1992 at 1:30:15 PM should be configured as, 1992-5-26,13:30:15 (YYYY-MM-DD,hh:mm:ss format) |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note: |
This
command only executes when •
RIP
is enabled on the interface. •
RIP Authentication mode is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip key-id 0 stop-generate 2014-07-22,12:26:30 |
Related
Command(s) |
•
rip - authentication last-key
infinite lifetime - Configures
the crypto authentication type. • ip rip auth-type - Configures authentication type for crypto authentication. • ip rip authentication key-id - Configures the authentication key-id and key. • ip rip key-id start-accept - Configures the time when the router starts accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id stop-accept - Configures the time when the router stops accepting RIP updates for the specified key-id. • ip rip key-id start-generate - Configures the time when the router starts generating RIP updates for the specified key-id. • show ip rip – Displays IP RIP protocol database or statistics. • network - Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the global version of RIP. The no
form of the command sets the RIP global version to its default value. |
Note: |
This command is a complete standardized implementation of
the existing commands and operates similar to the commands ip rip send version and ip rip receive version. |
Syntax |
version ( [1] [2]) no version |
Parameter Description |
•
1 - Sets global
version of RIP as 1. This implies that RIP updates are sent or received in compliance with RFC 1058. • 2 - Sets global version of RIP as 2. This implies that only multicasting RIP updates are sent or received. |
Mode |
RIP Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
1 and 2 |
Note:
|
Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# version 1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. • version none - Sets IP RIP transmitting advertisements to neither be sent nor received. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the RIP version as none which implies that no RIP transmitting
advertisements are sent or received. |
Note: |
This command is a complete standardized implementation of
the existing commands and operates similar to the commands ip rip send version none and ip rip receive version none. |
Syntax |
version none |
Mode |
RIP Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
Only the configurations that are done after associating the IP address of the VLAN interface or router port with the RIP routing process, are applied to the RIP. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# version none |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. • show ip protocols - Displays information about the active routing protocol process. • version - Sets global version of RIP. |
Command Objective |
This command enables the auto summarization of routes in RIP and restores the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network-level routes. The no form of the command disables the auto summarization of routes in RIP. This command is a standardized implementation of the existing command auto-summary enable-disable. It operates similar to the existing command. |
Syntax |
auto-summary no auto-summary |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# auto-summary |
Related
Command(s) |
•
router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. |
Command Objective |
This command enables interpacket delay for RIP updates, where the delay is in milliseconds between packets in a multiple-packet RIP update. This interpacket delay feature helps in preventing the routing table from losing information due to flow of RIP updates from high speed router to low speed router. The delay value ranges from 8 to 50 milliseconds. This
command is a standardized implementation of the existing command output-delay. It operates similar to the existing command. |
Syntax |
output-delay <milli-seconds (8-50)> |
Mode |
RIP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# output-delay 10 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the metric to be used for default route propagated over
the interface. This
distance value will not be used for distribute list. The administrative
distance can be enabled for only one route-map. The distance should be
disabled for the already assigned route-map, if distance needs to be enabled
for another route-map. The no
form of the command disables origination of default route over the
interface. This
command is a standardized implementation of the existing command ip rip
default route originate. It operates similar to the existing command. |
Syntax |
default-information originate <metric (1-15)>
[route-map < string(32)>] no default-information originate |
Parameter Description |
•
<metric (1-15)> -
Sets the metric value. This value ranges from 1 to 15. • route-map <name(1-20)> - Configures the name of the existing route-map for which the metric value should be enabled and set. This value is a string with a maximum size of 32. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router
port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# default-information originate 10 |
Related Command(s) |
• router rip - Enables RIP for default VRF instance. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the authentication mode for RIP version 2. The no
form of the command disables authentication mode for RIP version 2. This
command is a standardized implementation of the existing command ip rip
authentication mode - key-chain. It operates similar to the existing command. |
Syntax |
ip rip authentication mode { text | md5 } no ip rip authentication |
Parameter Description |
•
text - Configures the authentication
type as simple text. • md5 - Configures the authentication type as keyed MD5 (Message Digest 5) authentication. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
None
(No authentication is set) |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip authentication mode text |
Related
Command(s) |
•
router rip – Enables
RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router
configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the interface RIP version 2 authentication string. This value is a string of size
16. The no
form of the command disables authentication mode for RIP version 2. This
command is a standardized implementation of the existing command ip rip
authentication mode - key-chain. It operates similar to the existing command. |
Syntax |
ip rip authentication key-chain <key-chain-name
(16)> no ip rip authentication key-chain <key-chain-name
(16)> |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# ip rip authentication key-chain abc |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures update, route age, and garbage collection timers for the VLAN
interface or router port. This
command is a standardized implementation of the existing command timers
basic – update-value. It operates similar to the existing command. |
Syntax |
timers basic <update-interval (10-3600)> <invalid
(30-500)> <holddown (10-3600)> <flush (120-180)> <sleep
(10-3600)> |
Parameter Description |
• <update-interval(10-3600)> - Configures the time interval (in seconds) at which the RIP updates should be sent. This is the fundamental timing parameter of the routing protocol. This value ranges from 10 to 3600 seconds. • <invalid(30-500)> - Configures the time (in seconds) after which the route entry is put into garbage collect (that is, marked as invalid). This value ranges from 30 to 500 seconds. • <flush(120-180)> - Configures the time (in seconds) after which the route entry marked as invalid is deleted. The advertisements of this entry is set to INFINITY while sending to others. This value ranges from 120 to 180 seconds. • <sleep(10-3600)> - Configures interval (in milliseconds) for postponing routing updates in the event of a flash update. This value ranges from 10 to 3600 milliseconds. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
•
update-value
- 30 • routeage-value - 180 • garbage-value - 120 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-if)# timers basic 360 300 130 125 3000 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP and enters the router configuration mode. • network – Enables RIP on an IP network for an unnumbered VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the debug level for RIP module. The no
form of the command resets the debug level for RIP module. This command is a standardized implementation of the existing command debug ip rip. It operates similar to the existing command. |
Syntax |
debug ip rip { [database] | [events] |[triggers] } no debug ip rip { [database] | [events] |[triggers] } |
Parameter Description |
•
database - Generates debug messages for database-related
traces. • events - Generates debug messages for events-related traces. • triggers - Generates debug messages for triggers-related traces. |
Mode |
Privileged EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ip rip database |
Related
Command(s) |
• router rip – Enables RIP for default VRF instance or a specific VRF instance and enters the router configuration mode. |
RIPv6
functions the same and offers the same benefits as RIP in IPv4. RIP
enhancements for IPv6, detailed in RFC 2080, include support for IPv6 addresses
and prefixes, and the use of all-RIP-routers multicast group address as the
destination address for RIP update messages. RIPv6 process maintains a local
routing table, referred to as a RIB (Routing Information Database). The RIPv6
RIB contains a set of RIPv6 routes learned from all its neighboring networking
devices.
Before
configuring the router to run IPv6 RIP, the IPv6 unicast-routing must be
enabled globally, and IPv6 must be enabled on any interface in which IPv6 RIP
is to be processed.
Command Objective |
This
command enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router
configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process. The no
form of the command disables RIPv6 on all VLAN interfaces and router ports. |
Syntax |
ipv6 router rip no ipv6 router rip |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This
command executes only if IPv6 unicast routing (IPv6 forwarding) is enabled
globally. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ipv6 router rip |
Related
Command(s) (s) |
• ipv6 unicast-routing - Enables unicast routing. • distance - Enables the administrative distance of the routing protocol and sets the administrative distance value. • redistribute – Enables or disables redistribution of direct, static, and OSPF routes into RIPv6. • redistribute-isis – Enables or disables redistribution of ISIS routes into RIP6. • redistribute bgp – Enables redistribution of IPv6 prefix from configured protocol into RIPv6. •
distribute prefix
– Enables redistribution of IPV6 prefix
from BGP protocol into RIPv6. • distribute-list route-map - Enables route-map filtering for inbound or outbound routes. • ipv6 rip peer status – Set the peer list to allow or deny. • ipv6 peer triggered-updated-interval – Configures the time interval, in seconds, by which further triggered updates are delayed after one triggered update is sent. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. • show ipv6 rip stats - Displays all the interface statistics-related information. • show ipv6 rip filter - Displays the details of the Advfilter type table. • show ipv6 peer-table-status – Displays the status of the peers filter. • show ipv6 peer-trig-update-interval – Displays the delayed triggered time interval. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router
configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process. The no
form of the command disables RIPv6 on all VLAN interfaces and router
ports. This command is a complete standardized implementation of the existing command and operates similar to the command ipv6 router rip. |
Syntax |
ipv6 router rip <name> no ipv6 router rip <name> |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This
command executes only if IPv6 unicast routing (IPv6 forwarding) is enabled
globally. |
Example |
SEFOS (config)# ipv6 router rip router1 For RIP6, process name is not supported. |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 unicast-routing - Enables unicast routing. • distance - Enables the administrative distance of the routing protocol and sets the administrative distance value. • redistribute – Enables redistribution of IPv6 prefix from configured protocol into RIPv6. • redistribute bgp – Enables redistribution of IPv6 prefix from configured protocol into RIPv6. •
distribute prefix
– Enables redistribution of IPV6 prefix
from BGP protocol into RIPv6. •
distribute-list route-map
- Enables route-map filtering for inbound or outbound routes. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. • redistribute – Enables or disables redistribution of direct, static, and OSPF routes into RIPv6. • redistribute isis – Enables or disables redistribution of ISIS routes into RIP6. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the split horizon updates for the RIPv6 which prevents the
routing loops in distance routing protocol, by prohibiting the router from
advertising a route back onto the interface. The split horizon updates are
applied in the response packets sent. The no form of the command disables the split horizon updates. |
Syntax |
ipv6 split-horizon no ipv6 split-horizon |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface
/ Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Split
horizon with poison reverse is enabled. |
Note:
|
•
The
split horizon updates can be configured, only if the IPv6 processing is
enabled. •
The
configuration done is applied for all VLAN interfaces and router ports, in
which RIPv6 processing is enabled. |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ipv6 split-horizon |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 enable – Enables IPv6 processing on VLAN interface or switch port that is not configured with an explicit IPv6 address. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables RIPv6 routing process on a VLAN interface or router
port. The no form of the command disables the RIPv6 routing process. |
Syntax |
ipv6 rip enable no ipv6 rip |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The
RIPv6 routing process can be configured, only if the IPv6 processing is
enabled. |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ipv6 rip enable |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 enable – Enables IPv6 processing on VLAN interface or switch port that is not configured with an explicit IPv6 address. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. • show ipv6 rip stats - Displays all the interface statistics-related information. • show ipv6 rip filter - Displays the details of the Advfilter type table. • show ipv6 peer-table-status – Displays the status of the peers filter. • show ipv6 peer-trig-update-interval – Displays the delayed triggered time interval. |
Command Objective |
This command enables specified RIPv6 routing
process on a VLAN interface or router port. The no
form of the command disables the specified RIPv6 routing process. This command is a complete standardized implementation of the existing command and operates similar to the command ipv6 rip enable. |
Syntax |
ipv6 rip <name> enable no ipv6 rip <name> enable |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The
RIPv6 routing process can be configured, only if the IPv6 processing is
enabled. |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ipv6 rip rip1 enable For RIP6, process name is not supported |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 enable – Enables IPv6 processing on VLAN interface or switch port that is not configured with an explicit IPv6 address. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. • show ipv6 rip stats - Displays all the interface statistics-related information. • show ipv6 rip filter - Displays the details of the and Advfilter type table. • show ipv6 peer-table-status – Displays the status of the peers filter. • show ipv6 peer-trig-update-interval – Displays the delayed triggered time interval. |
Command Objective |
This command enables poison reverse, which informs all routers that the path back to the originating node for a particular packet has an infinite metric. It will advertise that same route out of that same interface, to that same neighbor. The poison reverse algorithm is applied in the response packets sent. |
Syntax |
ipv6 poison reverse |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Poison
reverse algorithm is enabled. |
Note:
|
The
poison reverse algorithm can be configured, only if the IPv6 processing is
enabled. |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ipv6 poison reverse |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 enable – Enables IPv6 processing on VLAN interface or switch port that is not configured with an explicit IPv6 address. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. |
Command Objective |
This command originates the IPv6 default
route into the specified RIP routing process updates, sent from the specified
interface. The advertisement of the route in the process updates
occurs regardless of whether the route is present in the IPv6 routing table
or not. This command is a complete standardized implementation of
the existing command and operates similar to the command ipv6 rip default-information originate. The routing process ignores all default routes received on any interface, after originating the IPv6 default route out of any interface to avoid routing loops. |
Syntax |
ipv6 rip <process-name> default-information {
originate | only } [metric <value>] |
Parameter Description |
• <process-name> - Configures the RIPv6 process name for which the IPv6 default route should be originated. The name identifies a specific IPv6 RIP routing process and enables the router to run multiple segregated RIP processes on the same router. This feature has been included to adhere to the Industry Standard CLI syntax. This feature is currently not supported. The value entered is ignored during the command execution. • originate - Advertises the IPv6 default route in addition to all other routes in the updates sent from the interface. • only - Advertises the IPv6 default route, while suppressing all other routes in the updates sent from the interface. This feature has been included to adhere to the Industry Standard CLI syntax. This feature is currently not supported. •
metric <value>
- Configures the metric value
keyword and argument, which allow more flexibility in topologies with
multiple RIP routers on a LAN, and redistribute the routes. This feature has
been included to adhere to the Industry Standard CLI syntax. This feature is
currently not supported. |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The
default route origination can be configured only if the IPv6 processing is
enabled. |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ipv6 rip pname1 default-information only For RIP6, process name is not
supported metric | only are not supported |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 enable – Enables IPv6 processing on VLAN interface or switch port that is not configured with an explicit IPv6 address. |
Command Objective |
This command sets the IPv6 RIP metric for an interface and adjusts default metric increment. The configured metric value is added before the received IPv6 RIP route prior to insertion of the route into the routing table. Therefore, increasing the IPv6 RIP metric offset of an interface increases the metric value of IPv6 RIP routes received over the interface. The value of the metric offset integer ranges between 1 and 15. |
Syntax |
ipv6 rip metric-offset <integer (1-15)> |
Mode |
Interface Configuration Mode (VLAN
Interface / Router port) |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
• This command is used in conjunction with the redistribute command to cause the current routing protocol to use the same metric value for all redistributed routes. • The maximum metric that RIP can advertise is 16, and a metric of 16 denotes a route that is unreachable. • The metric offset can be configured, only if the IPv6 processing is enabled. |
Example |
SEFOS (config-if)# ipv6 rip metric-offset 3 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 enable – Enables IPv6 processing on VLAN interface or switch port that is not configured with an explicit IPv6 address. |
Command
Objective |
This command enables
redistribution of direct, static, and OSPF routes into RIP6. When enabled,
the routes from the specified protocols will be imported into RIP. The no form of the command
disables redistribution of direct, static, and OSPF routes into RIP6.
When disabled, the routes learned from the specified protocols will be
removed from RIP and no route will be either distributed to, or imported. |
Syntax |
redistribute
{ static | connected | ospf } [metric <integer(0-16)>] [route-map
<string(20)>] no
redistribute {static|connected|ospf} [route-map <string(20)>] |
Parameter
Description |
•
static - Redistributes
statically configured routes into RIPv6 process. •
connected - Redistributes
the connected routes into RIPv6 process. •
ospf - Redistributes
the OSPF routes into RIPv6 process. •
metric<integer(0-16>
- Configures the metric to
be used for the imported routes from RTM6. If 0, then the metric value from
the RTM6 will be used.
This value ranges from 1 to 16. •
route-map<string(20)>
- Specifies the name of the route-map
in the list of route-maps.
This value is a string with the maximum size 20. |
Mode |
RIPv6 Router
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise and
Metro_E |
Note:
|
• A route must be advertised with a metric of value 15 or less, as the RIP router always adds an interface cost (default 1) onto the metric of the received route. This makes the metric 16, which denotes that the route is unreachable. |
Default |
By default, route redistribution is enabled. Metric - 0 |
Example |
SEFOS (config-router)# redistribute static metric 6 |
Related Command(s) |
• ipv6 router rip - Enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. |
Command
Objective |
This command enables
redistribution of ISIS
routes into RIP. When enabled, the routes from ISIS will be imported
into RIP. The no form of the command
disables redistribution of ISIS
routes into RIP. When disabled, the routes learned from ISIS will be
removed from RIP. |
Syntax |
redistribute
{ isis } [{level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2}] metric <integer(0-16)>
[route-map <string(20)>] no
redistribute { isis } [{level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2}] [route-map
<string(20)>] |
Parameter
Description |
•
isis
- Specifies that routes from ISIS can be redistributed into
RIP. •
level-1
- Specifies that ISIS Level-1 routes can be redistributed into
RIP. •
level-2
- Specifies that ISIS Level-2 routes can be redistributed into
RIP. •
level-1-2
- Specifies that ISIS Level-1-2 routes can be redistributed
into RIP. •
route-map<string(20)>
- Specifies the name of the route-map
in the list of route-maps.
This value is a string with the maximum size 20. |
Mode |
RIPv6 Router
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise and
Metro_E |
Note:
|
• A route must be advertised with a metric of value 15 or less, as the RIP router always adds an interface cost (default 1) onto the metric of the received route. This makes the metric 16, which denotes that the route is unreachable. |
Default |
By default, route redistribution is enabled. Metric - 0 |
Example |
SEFOS (config-router)# redistribute isis level-1 metric 2 route-map route1 |
Related Command(s) |
• ipv6 router rip - Enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. |
Command Objective |
This
command redistributes IPv6 prefix from BGP protocol into RIPv6. This command
controls redistribution of BGP routes into RIP. This
command has been included to adhere to the Industry Standard CLI syntax. This
command is currently not supported (that is, BGP redistribution is not
supported). |
Syntax |
redistribute bgp <as-no> [metric
<integer(0-16)>] |
Parameter Description |
• <as-no> - Configures the autonomous system number that identifies the BGP router to other routers and tags the routing information passed along. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • metric<integer(0-16)> - Configures the metric to be used for the BGP redistributed routes. This value ranges from 0 to 16. |
Mode |
RIPv6
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
A route must be advertised with a metric of value 15 or less, as the RIP router always adds an interface cost (default 1) onto the metric of the received route. This makes the metric 16, which denotes that the route is unreachable. |
Example |
SEFOS (config-router)# redistribute bgp 10 metric 10 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 router rip - Enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables filter network in routing updates which are sent or received.
The no
form of the command disables the filter network in routing updates which are
sent or received. |
Syntax |
distribute prefix <ip6_addr> {in | out} no distribute prefix <ip6_addr> {in | out} |
Parameter Description |
•
<ip6_addr>
- Configures the IPv6
address of the filter network. •
in - Applies the configured filter
network in routing updates which are received. Input distribute lists
control route reception. Input filtering is applied to advertisements
received from neighbors. Only those routes that pass input filtering are
inserted into the RIP local routing table and become candidates for insertion
into the IPv6 routing table. •
out - Applies the configured filter
network in routing updates which are sent out. Output distribute lists
control route advertisement. Output filtering is applied to route
advertisements sent to neighbors. Only those routes passing output filtering
will be advertised. |
Mode |
RIPv6
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config-router)# distribute prefix fe80::208:2ff:fe02:408 in |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 router rip - Enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process • show ipv6 rip filter – Displays peer and Advfilter table. •
ipv6 rip peer status - Sets
the peer list to allow or deny. • show ipv6 peer-table-status – Displays the status of the peers filter. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables route-map filtering for inbound or outbound routes and
defines the conditions for distributing the routes from one routing protocol
to another. The route-map
filtering already enabled for inbound or outbound routes should be disabled,
if another route-map should be enabled for inbound or outbound routes. The no
form of the command disables route-map filtering for inbound or outbound
routes. |
Syntax |
distribute-list route-map <name(1-20)> {in | out} no distribute-list route-map <name(1-20)> {in | out} |
Parameter Description |
• <name(1-20) - Configures the name of the existing route-map for which filtering should be enabled. This value is a string whose maximum size is 20. • in - Sets route-map filtering for the inbound routes. • out - Sets route-map filtering for the outbound routes. |
Mode |
RIPv6
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS (config-router)# distribute-list route-map rmap-test in |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 router rip - Enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the administrative distance (that is, the metric to reach
destination) of the routing protocol and sets the administrative distance
value. The distance value ranges between 1 and 255. This
distance value will not be used for distribute list. The administrative
distance can be enabled for only one route-map. The distance should be
disabled for the already assigned route-map, if distance needs to be enabled
for another route-map. The no
form of the command disables the administrative distance. |
Syntax |
distance <1-255> [route-map <name(1-20)>] no distance [route-map <name(1-20)>] |
Parameter Description |
• route-map <name(1-20)> - Configures the name of the existing route-map for which the distance value should be enabled and set. This value is a string whose maximum size is 20. |
Mode |
RIPv6
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
120 (Represents RIP route) |
Example |
SEFOS (config-router)# distance 10 route-map rmap-test |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 router rip - Enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process. • show ipv6 rip – Displays IPv6 Local RIB and routing protocol information. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets debug level for RIPv6 module. The no
form of the command disables debug level for RIPv6 module. This
command allows combination of debug levels to be configured (that is, more
than one level of trace can be enabled or disabled). The debug levels are
configured one after the other and not in single execution of the command. |
Syntax |
debug ipv6 rip { all | data | control } no debug ipv6 rip |
Parameter Description |
•
all - Generates debug messages for all
traces. •
data - Generates debug messages for data
path traces. •
control - Generates debug messages for
control plane traces. |
Mode |
Privileged
EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Debug
level is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS# debug ipv6 rip all |
Command Objective |
This command displays information in current IPv6 Local RIB and about RIPv6 routing protocol. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 rip [ database ] |
Parameter Description |
• database - Displays the details of the entries in the RIP IPv6 routing table database. |
Mode |
Privileged
EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The command displays the RIPv6 details only if the RIPv6 routing process is enabled in any one of the VLAN interface or router port. |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 rip database RIP
local RIB 4444::/64, metric 10, local vlan1/::, expires in 180 secs 5555::/64, metric 10, local vlan2/::, expires in 180 secs 6666::/64, metric 7, static tunnel0/::, expires in 180 secs SEFOS# show ipv6 rip RIP port 521, multicast-group ff02::9,Maximum paths is 16 Updates every 30 seconds; expire after 180 Garbage Collect after 120 seconds Poison Reverse is on Interface: Redistribution: Routes Redistribution is enabled. |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 split-horizon – Enables the split horizon updates for the RIPv6 • ipv6 rip enable / ipv6 rip enable - name – Enables RIPv6 routing process on a VLAN interface or router port. • ipv6 poison reverse – Enables poison reverse. • ipv6 rip default-information originate – Configures handling of default route originate. • ipv6 rip default-information - originate | only- Originates the IPv6 default route into the specified RIP routing process updates sent from the specified interface. • ipv6 rip metric-offset – Adjusts default metric increment. • redistribute – Enables or disables redistribution of direct, static, and OSPF routes into RIPv6. • redistribute – Enables or disables redistribution of ISIS routes into RIP6. • distribute prefix – Enables filter network in routing updates sent or received. • debug ipv6 rip – Enables IPv6 RIP routing protocol debugging. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays statistics-related information (such as number of requests
received) for all VLAN interfaces or router ports in which the RIPv6 routing
process is enabled. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 rip stats |
Mode |
Privileged
EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 rip stats Interface Index vlan1 ***************** *** Rcvd : Messages 0
Requests 0 Responses 0 UnknownCommds 0
OtherVer 0 Discards 0 Sent : Messages 1
Requests 1 Responses 0 Trigger
Updates 0 |
Related Command(s) |
• ipv6 rip enable / ipv6 rip enable - name – Enables RIPv6 routing process on a VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the filtering details (such as filter address) available in
the Advfilter type table. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 rip filter |
Mode |
Privileged
EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 rip filter Filter
Address FilterType ************** ********** fe80::200:ff:febb:e01 IN fe80::200:ff:fecc:102 IN 3333::1111 OUT |
Related
Command(s) |
• distribute prefix – Enables filter network in routing updates sent or received. • ipv6 rip enable / ipv6 rip enable - name – Enables RIPv6 routing process on a VLAN interface or router port. |
Command Objective |
This
command sets the flag to enable filtering of routes in the RIPng responses to be advertised. |
Syntax |
ipv6 rip peer status { disable | enable } |
Parameter Description |
•
disable - Sets the peer list to deny. This
disables the filter which implies that all the entries in the response
message are going to be advertised. •
enable - Sets the peer list to
allow. This enables filtering
of the corresponding routing entries in the response, match the Advertising
Filter list. |
Mode |
RIPv6
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
disable |
Example |
SEFOS (config-router) # ipv6 rip peer status enable |
Related
Command(s) (s) |
•
ipv6 router rip
- Enables RIPv6 routing
process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6
routing process. • show ipv6 peer-table-status – Displays the status of the peers filter. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the time interval in seconds by which further
triggered updates are delayed after one triggered update is sent. This value
ranges from 1 to 10. |
Syntax |
ipv6 rip peer triggered-updated-interval
<seconds(1-10)> |
Mode |
RIPv6
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
5 |
Example |
SEFOS (config-router) # ipv6 rip peer triggered-updated-interval 1 |
Related
Command(s) (s) |
•
ipv6 router rip
- Enables RIPv6 routing
process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6
routing process. • show ipv6 peer-trig-update-interval – Displays the delayed triggered time interval. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the status of the peer filter table. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 rip peer-table-status |
Mode |
Privileged
EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 rip peer-table-status Peer Filter Status : Enabled |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 rip enable / ipv6 rip enable - name – Enables RIPv6 routing process on a VLAN interface or router port. •
ipv6 router rip
- Enables RIPv6 routing
process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing
process. • distribute prefix - Enables filter network in routing updates which are sent or received. • ipv6 rip peer status – Set the peer list to allow or deny. |
Command Objective |
This
command displays the delayed, triggered time interval. |
Syntax |
show ipv6 rip peer-trig-update-interval |
Mode |
Privileged
EXEC Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS# show ipv6 rip peer-trig-update-interval Triggered Delay Time : 5 |
Related
Command(s) |
• ipv6 peer triggered-updated-interval – Configures the time interval, in seconds, by which further triggered updates are delayed after one triggered update is sent. • ipv6 router rip - Enables RIPv6 routing process and enters into the router configuration mode for the RIPv6 routing process. |
The BGP
(Border Gateway Protocol) is an inter-autonomous system routing protocol. An
autonomous system is a network or group of networks under a common
administration and with common routing policies. BGP is a protocol for
exchanging routing information between gateway hosts (each with its own router)
in a network of autonomous systems and is used between Internet Service Providers
(ISPs). BGP is often the protocol used between gateway hosts on the Internet.
The routing table contains a list of known routers, the addresses they can
reach, and a cost metric associated with the path to each router so that the
best available route is chosen.
Hosts
using BGP communicate using the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and send
updated router table information only when one host has detected a change. BGP
is commonly used within and between Internet Service Providers (ISPs).
Command Objective |
This command configures the AS
(Autonomous System) number of the BGP Speaker and enters into BGP router
configuration mode. The no form of the command configures the AS number of
the BGP Speaker to its default value. |
Note:
|
If this value is already configured to a non-zero value, it must be reset to zero (using no form of the command) before reconfiguring. The no router bgp
or no router bgp vrf default
command deletes all the BGP configurations done on all VRs. |
Syntax |
router bgp <AS no> [vrf <vrf-name>] no router bgp [vrf
<string (32)>] |
Parameter Description |
• vrf <vrf-name> - Configures the AS (Autonomous System) number of the BGP Speaker for the specified VRF instance. This value represents unique name of the VRF instance. This value is a string with a maximum size of 32. Note:
When VRF is not specified, the configurations are
done for the default VRF. • <AS no> - Configures the AS (Autonomous System) number of the BGP Speaker and enters into BGP router configuration mode. The AS number identifies the BGP router to other routers and tags the routing information passed along. This command also allows you to set up a distributed routing core that automatically guarantees the loop-free exchange of routing information between autonomous systems. This value ranges from 1 to 4294967295 or 0.1 to 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is enabled, this value ranges
from 1 to 4294967295 or between 0.1 and 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is disabled, this value ranges
from 1 to 65535 or between 0.1 and 0.65535. Note:
When bgp asnotation is enabled, the AS number of
the BGP speaker is displayed in the range 0.1 to 65535.65535. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
0 |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# router bgp 100 |
Related Command(s) |
• as-num - Sets the autonomous number for the router. • ip address - Sets the IP address for an interface. • router-id - Sets the router ID’s address for the router. • ip bgp dampening – Configures the Dampening parameters. • ip bgp overlap-policy – Configures the Overlap Route policy for the BGP Speaker. • ip bgp synchronization / synchronization – Enables synchronization between BGP and IGP. • bgp router-id – Configures the BGP Identifier of the BGP Speaker. • bgp default local-preference – Configures the Default Local Preference value. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - activate – Enables default capabilities for the peer and restarts the connection to the peer if negotiated apabilities change. • neighbor - ebgp-multihop – Enables BGP to establish connection with external peers. • neighbor - next-hop-self – Enables BGP to send itself as the next hop for advertised routes. • neighbor - interval – Configures neighbor interval. • neighbor - timers– Configures neighbor KeepAlive Time and Hold Time intervals. • neighbor - shutdown – Disables the peer session. • neighbor – update-source - Configures the source address for routing updates and for TCP connection establishment with a peer. • neighbor - gateway - Configures gateway router’s address that will be used as nexthop in the routes advertised to the peer. • neighbor – network-address - Configures peer’s remote IPv6 network address for IPv4 peer and peer’s remote IPv4 network address for IPv6 peer. • neighbor – default - originate - Enables advertisement of the default route to the peer. • neighbor – send-community – Enables advertisement of community attributes (standard or extended) to peer. • neighbor - capability - Enables the specific BGP capability to be advertised and received from the peer. • neighbor - delay open - Configures a delay in sending the first OPEN message to the BGP peer for a specific time period. • neighbor - damp-peer-oscillations - Enables the damp peer oscillation option. • neighbor - maximum prefix - Configures the maximum number of peers supported by BGP. • neighbor – allow-autostop - Enables the auto stop option to stop the BGP peer and BGP connection automatically. • neighbor – connect-retrycount - Sets the retry count for the BGP peer. • neighbor – transport connection-mode - Configures the BGP Peer Transport Connection status as active or passive. • bgp nonbgproute-advt – Controls the advertisement of Non-BGP routes. • no ip bgp overlap-policy – Resets the Overlap route policy to default. • redistribute – Configures the protocol from which the routes have to be redistributed into BGP. •
redistribute - isis
– Controls
redistribution of ISIS routes into BGP. • bgp always-compare-med – Enables the comparison of MED for routes received from different autonomous systems. • default-metric – Configures the Default IGP Metric value. • bgp med – Configures an entry in MED table. • bgp local-preference – Configures an entry in local preference table. • bgp update-filter – Configures an entry in update filter table. • aggregate-address index – Configures an entry in aggregate table. • bgp cluster-id – Configures the Cluster ID for route reflector. • bgp client-to-client reflection – Configures the route reflector to support route reflection to client peers. • neighbor - route-reflector-client – Configures the peer as client of the route reflector. • bgp comm-route – Configures an entry in additive or delete-community table. • bgp comm-filter – Allows or filters the community attribute while receiving or advertising. • bgp comm-policy – Configures the community attribute advertisement policy for specific destination. • bgp ecomm-route – Configures an entry in additive or delete-extended community table. • bgp ecomm-filter – Allows or filters the extended community attribute while receiving or advertising. • bgp ecomm-policy – Configures the extended community attribute advertisement policy for specific destination. • bgp confederation identifier – Specifies the BGP confederation identifier. • bgp confederation peers – Configures the ASs that belong to the confederation. • bgp bestpath med confed – Enables MED comparison among paths learned from confederation peers. • neighbor - password – Configures the password for TCP-MD5 authentication with peer. • bgp graceful-restart - Enables the graceful restart capability. • bgp update-delay - Configures the selection deferral time interval. • restart-support - Enables the graceful restart support. • restart-reason - Configures the reason for BGP graceful restart. • distribute-list route-map - Enables route-map filtering for inbound or outbound routes. • distance - Enables the administrative distance of the routing protocol and sets the administrative distance value. • debug ip bgp – Configures the Trace levels. • bgp trap - Enables or disables the BGP trap notification. • show bgp-version – Displays the BGP Version information. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show ip bgp community - routes– Displays routes that belong to specified BGP communities. • show ip bgp extcommunity - routes – Displays routes that belong to specified BGP extended-communities. • show ip bgp summary – Displays the status of all BGP4 connections. • show ip bgp filters – Displays the contents of filter table. • show ip bgp aggregate – Displays the contents of Aggregate table. • show ip bgp med – Displays the contents of MED table. • show ip bgp dampening – Displays the contents of Dampening table. • show ip bgp local-pref – Displays the contents of Local Preference table. • show ip bgp timers – Displays the value of BGP timers. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • show ip bgp rfl info – Displays information about RFL feature. • show ip bgp confed info – Displays information about confederation feature. • show ip bgp community – Displays the contents of community tables. • show ip bgp extcommunity – Displays the contents of ext-community tables. • nexthop processing-interval - Configures the interval at which next hops are monitored for reachability. • redistribute ospf - Configures the OSPF protocol from which the routes are redistributed into BGP. • show ip bgp - tcp-ao mkt summary - Displays the BGP-related TCP-AO MKT information. • show bgp ipv6 tcp-ao neighbor - Displays the BGP(v6) neighbor TCP-AO related information. • tcp-ao mkt key-id - receive-key-id - Creates a TCP-AO MKT in the BGP instance. • neighbor - tcp-ao mkt - Associates a TCP-AO MKT to the BGP peer. • neighbor - tcp-ao - Sets BGP peer TCP-AO configurations. • ip bgp four-byte-asn - Enables 4-byte ASN support in BGP or in the specified VRF instance created in the system. • bgp asnotation dot - Changes the output format of BGP ASNs from asplain to asdot notation. • neighbor fall-over bfd - Enables BFD monitoring for the peer IP address or peer group name. • address-family vpnv4 - Enables configuration of the session that carries standard vpnv4 address prefixes. • label-allocation-mode - Configures label allocation policy. • neighbor - as-override - Enables the override capability for the CE peer. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the dampening parameters, changes
various BGP route dampening factors, and also enables BGP dampening in the
system or the specified VRF instance when none of the RFD parameters are
specified. The no form of the command disables the dampening feature in the system or in the specified VRF instance. When the RFD parameter options are not specified in the no form of the command, it disables the dampening features and does not reset the values related to RFD. But when the RFD parameter options are specified in the no form of the command, the parameters are reset to its default values. Note:
The RFD
parameters configured can be viewed using the show
ip bgp dampening command even when RFD is disabled. |
Syntax |
ip bgp dampening [vrf <vrf-name>]
[HalfLife-Time <integer(600-2700)>] [Reuse-Value
<integer(100-1999)>] [Suppress-Value <integer(2000-3999)>]
[Max-Suppress-Time <integer(1800-10800)>] [-s Decay-Granularity
<integer(1-10800)>] [Reuse-Granularity <integer(15-10800)>]
[Reuse-Array-Size <integer(256-65535)>] no ip bgp dampening [vrf <vrf-name>]
[HalfLife-Time [Reuse-Value [Suppress-Value [Max-Suppress-Time]]]] [-s
Decay-Granularity [Reuse-Granularity [Reuse-Array-Size]]] |
Parameter Description |
• vrf <vrf-name> - Configures the dampening parameters for the specified VRF instance. This value represents unique name of the VRF instance. This value is a string with a maximum size of 32. Note:
When VRF is not specified the configurations are
done for the default VRF. • HalfLife-Time<integer(600-2700)> - Configures the time (in seconds) after which a penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period. Once a route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased for every 5 seconds. BGP’s route flap damping algorithm calculates penalty for each route. This penalty increases by a fixed value when a flap occurs, and decreases exponentially when the route is stable. This value ranges from 600 to 2700. • Reuse Value integer(100-1999)> - Configures the reuse value. If the penalty for a flapping route falls below this value, the route is reused. The unsuppressing of routes occurs at 10-second increments. This value ranges from 100 to 1999. Note:
Reuse value can be configured only if the
HalfLife Time value is set. • Suppress Value<integer(2000-3999)> - Configures the suppress value. The route is suppressed if the penalty associated with the route exceeds this value. This value ranges from 2000 to 3999. Note:
Suppress value can be configured only if the
HalfLife Time and Reuse value are set. •
Max-Suppress
Time<integer(1800-10800) - Configures the maximum time (in seconds) a route can be
suppressed. This value ranges from 1800 to 10800. Max-Suppress Time
can be configured only if the HalfLife Time, Reuse Value, and Suppress Value
are set. •
-s Decay
Granularity<integer(1-10800)> - Configures the time granularity in seconds used to perform all
decay computations. This value ranges from 1 to 10800. •
Reuse
Granularity<integer(15-10800)> - Configures the time interval between evaluations of the
reuse-lists. Each reuse list corresponds to an additional time increment.
This value ranges from 15 to 10800. • Reuse Array Size<integer(256-65535)> - Configures the size of reuse index arrays. This size determines the accuracy with which suppressed routes can be placed within the set of reuse lists when suppressed for a long time. This value ranges from 256 to 65535. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
• HalfLife-Time - 900 seconds • Reuse Value - 750 • Suppress Value - 2000 • Max-Suppress Time - 3600 seconds • Decay Granularity - 1 second • Reuse Granularity - 15 • Reuse Array Size - 1024 |
Note:
|
This command executes only if BGP Speaker Local AS number is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ip bgp dampening HalfLife-Time 1000 reuse-Value 1998 Suppress-Value 2000 -s Decay-Granularity 1 reuse-Granularity 135 reuse-Array-Size 257 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • bgp dampening – Sets the BGP dampening parameters. • show ip bgp dampening – Displays the contents of Dampening table. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the dampening parameters or changes various BGP route dampening factors. The arguments half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are position-dependent. Hence, if any of them are used, they must all be specified. The no form of the command disables the BGP dampening feature and does not reset the other configured RFD parameters. Note:
The RFD parameters configured can be viewed by
using the show ip bgp dampening command even when RFD is disabled. This command is a complete
standardized implementation of the existing command and operates similar to
the command ip bgp dampening. |
Syntax |
bgp dampening <HalfLife-Time(600-2700)>
<Reuse-Value(100-10800)> <Suppress-Value(2000-3999)> <Max-Suppress-Time(1800-10800)> no bgp dampening |
Parameter Description |
• <HalfLife-Time (600-2700)> - Configures the time (in seconds) after which a penalty is decreased by half. Once a route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased for every 5 seconds. BGP’s route flap damping algorithm calculates penalty for each route. This penalty increases by a fixed value when a flap occurs, and decreases exponentially when the route is stable. This value ranges from 600 to 2700. • <Reuse Value (100-10800)> - Configures the reuse value. If the penalty for a flapping route falls below this value, the route is reused. The unsuppressing of routes occurs at 10-second increments. This value ranges from 100 to 10800. Note:
Reuse value can be configured only if the
HalfLife Time value is set. • <Suppress Value (2000-3999)> - Configures the suppress value. The route is suppressed if the penalty associated with the route exceeds this value. This value ranges from 2000 to 3999. Note:
Suppress value can be configured only if the
HalfLife Time and Reuse value are set. • <Max-Suppress Time (1800-10800)> - Configures the maximum time (in seconds) a route can be suppressed. This value ranges from 1800 to 10800. Note:
Max-Suppress Time can be configured only if the
HalfLife Time, Reuse Value and Suppress Value are set. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
• HalfLife-Time - 900 seconds • Reuse Value - 750 • Suppress Value - 2000 • Max-Suppress Time - 3600 seconds |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp dampening 1000 300 2000 5000 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • ip bgp dampening – Sets the BGP dampening parameters. • show ip bgp dampening – Displays the contents of Dampening table. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the BGP Speaker's policy for
handling the overlapping routes. The
no form of the command resets the Overlap route policy to its default value.
By default, both less and more-specific routes are installed. |
Syntax |
ip bgp overlap-policy [vrf <vrf-name>]
{more-specific|less-specific|both} no ip bgp overlap-policy [vrf <vrf-name>] |
Parameter Description |
• vrf <vrf-name> - Configures the BGP Speaker’s policy for the specified VRF instance. This value represents unique name of the VRF instance. This value is a string with a maximum size of 32. •
more-specific - Configures the Overlap Policy for
BGP Speaker as more-specific. This implies that when an overlapping
route is received, more-specific routes are installed in the RIB tree. •
less-specific - Configures the Overlap Policy for
BGP Speaker as less-specific. This implies that when an overlapping
route is received, less-specific routes are installed in the RIB tree. •
both - Configures the Overlap Policy for
BGP Speaker as both. This implies that when an overlapping route is
received, both more-specific and less-specific routes are installed in the
RIB tree. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
both |
Note:
|
This command executes only if BGP Speaker Local AS number is configured and BGP Administrative status is DOWN. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ip bgp overlap-policy more-specific |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • do shutdown ip bgp – Sets the BGP Speaker Global Admin status DOWN. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. |
Command Objective |
This command enables and controls redistribution of default routes of a protocol or network into the BGP and advertisement of the default route (0.0.0.0/0). The default route advertisement is possible only if the default route is present in the IP FDB or it is received from any peers. The
no form of the command disables redistribution and advertisement of the
default route. The default routes are not redistributed into BGP. |
Syntax |
default-information originate [vrf <vrf-name>] no default-information originate [vrf <vrf-name>] |
Parameter Description |
•
vrf <vrf-name>
- Enables and controls redistribution and advertisement of default routes for
the specified VRF instance. This value
represents unique name of the VRF instance. This value is a string with a
maximum size of 32. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Default Information Originate is disabled. |
Note:
|
This command executes only if BGP Speaker local AS number is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# default-information originate |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • show ip bgp info - Displays the general information about BGP protocol. |
Command Objective |
This command enables synchronization between Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) and Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP). BGP Speaker does not advertise a route to an external neighbor unless that route is local or exists in the IGP. This command allows routers and access servers within an autonomous system to have the route before BGP makes it available to other autonomous systems. The no
form of the command disables synchronization between BGP and IGP. |
Syntax |
ip bgp synchronization [vrf <vrf-name>] no ip bgp synchronization [vrf <vrf-name>] |
Parameter Description |
vrf <vrf-name> - Enables synchronization between BGP
and IGP for the specified VRF instance. This value represents unique name of
the VRF instance. This value is a string with a maximum size of 32. |
Mode |
Global
Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Synchronization between BGP and IGP is disabled. |
Note:
|
This command executes only if BGP Speaker local AS number is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config)# ip bgp synchronization |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • synchronization - Enables synchronization between Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) and Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP). • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. |
Command Objective |
This command enables synchronization between Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) and Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP). BGP Speaker does not advertise a route to an external neighbor unless that route is local or exists in the IGP. This command allows routers and access servers within an autonomous system to have the route before BGP makes it available to other autonomous systems. The no form of the command disables synchronization between BGP and IGP. This command is a complete standardized implementation of
the existing command and operates similar to the command ip bgp
synchronization. |
Syntax |
synchronization no synchronization |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
The synchronization between the BGP and IGP is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# synchronization |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • ip bgp synchronization - Enables synchronization between Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) and Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP). • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. |
Command Objective |
This command configures fixed BGP router identifier for a BGP-speaking router. If loopback interface exists, the router ID is set to the highest address for loopback interface. Otherwise, it is set to the highest IP configured on the IP interfaces. Peering sessions will be reset if the router ID is changed. BGP router-id is a unique number associated with the BGP Speaker. This router-id is advertised to other peers and identifies the BGP Speaker uniquely. Administrator can set the router-id of BGP to any value. If router-id is changed, then all the active peer sessions will go DOWN and will be restarted with the new configured router-id. The
no form of the command resets the BGP Identifier of the BGP speaker to its default
value. |
Syntax |
bgp router-id <bgp router id (ip-address)> no bgp router-id |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
The highest interface address is used as the router-id |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp router-id 10.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show ip bgp summary – Displays the status of all BGP4 connections. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the default local preference value that is to be sent in updates to internal peers. The preference is sent to all routers and access servers in the local autonomous system. This value ranges from 1 to 2147483647. The no
form of the command resets the default local preference to its default value. |
Syntax |
bgp default local-preference <Local Pref Value> no bgp default local-preference |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
100. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp default local-preference 150 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This command enables default routing to IPv4-unicast. By default the MP (Multi Protocol ) IPv4 Unicast Address Family Capability is negotiated for a peer, when the peer is created. It will not be negotiated for a peer if the default routing configuration is reset. This command affects the negotiation of the MP IPv4 Unicast Address Family Capability for the peers newly created and will not affect the MP IPV4 Unicast negotiation status of the already existing peer. The no
form of the command disables default routing to IPv4 unicast which implies that if
a neighbor is created, then IPv4 unicast capability will not be negotiated
unless IPv4 unicast capability is explicitly configured for that neighbor. |
Syntax |
bgp default ipv4-unicast no bgp default ipv4-unicast |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
The default routing to IPv4-unicast is enabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp default ipv4-unicast |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This command creates a peer, initiates the connection to the peer, and adds an entry to the BGP or multiprotocol BGP neighbor table. This specifies a neighbor with an autonomous system number that identifies the neighbor as internal to the local autonomous system. Otherwise, the neighbor is considered as external. By default, neighbors that are defined using this command in router configuration mode exchange only unicast address prefixes. The administrator
can create a peer and set the peer AS number with this command. The
configured peer AS number is compared with the AS number received in the open
message and a peer session is initiated only if both the AS numbers match. The no
form of the command disables the peer session and deletes the peer
information. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address / peer-group-name> remote-as
<AS no> [allow-autostart [idlehold-time <integer(1-65535)>]] no neighbor <random_str> [remote-as <AS no>
[allow-autostart]] |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> / <random_str> - Configures the BGP peer's remote IP address. • <peer-group-name> - Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command. Note:
The peer group has be configured prior to setting
the remote-as number for the peer group. • remote-as<AS no(1-65535)> - Configures the autonomous system number of the peer. This value ranges from 1 to 4294967295 or 0.1 to 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is enabled, this value ranges
from 1 to 4294967295 or between 0.1 and 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is disabled, this value ranges
from 1 to 65535 or between 0.1 and 0.65535. Note:
When bgp asnotation is enabled, the AS number of
the BGP Speaker is displayed in the range 0.1 to 65535.65535. •
allow-autostart
- Starts BGP session with
the associated peer automatically. The peer session is automatically started
in the IDLE state, after a BGP peer session is brought down either by
Autostop or through reception of invalid BGP message. The BGP session is
automatically started after an interval specified by idle hold timer. •
idlehold-time
<integer(1-65535)> - Configures the idle hold time. This specifies the length of time
the BGP peer is held in the idle state prior to the next automatic restart.
This value ranges from 1 to 65535. Note:
The IdleHoldTime can be configured only when the
allow-autostart is enabled. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 remote-as 66 |
Default |
• allow-autostart is disabled • idlehold-time-60 seconds |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - activate – Enables default capabilities for the peer and restarts the connection to the peer if the negotiated capabilities change. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • neighbor - ebgp-multihop – Enables BGP to establish connection with external peers. • neighbor - next-hop-self – Enables BGP to send itself as the next hop for advertised routes. • neighbor - interval – Configures neighbor interval. • neighbor - timers– Configures neighbor KeepAlive Time and Hold Time intervals. • neighbor - shutdown – Disables the peer session. • neighbor - update-source - Configures the source address for routing updates and for TCP connection establishment with a peer. • neighbor – gateway - Configures gateway router’s address that will be used as nexthop in the routes advertised to the peer. • neighbor - network-address - Configures peer’s remote IPv6 network address for IPv4 peer and peer’s remote IPv4 network address for IPv6 peer. • neighbor - default-originate - Enables advertisement of the default route to the peer. • neighbor - send-community – Enables advertisement of community attributes (standard or extended) to peer. • neighbor - capability - Enables the specific BGP capability to be advertised and received from the peer. • neighbor - password – Configures the password for TCP-MD5 authentication with peer. • neighbor delay open - Configures a delay in sending the first OPEN message to the BGP peer for a specific time period. • neighbor damp-peer-oscillations - Enables the damp peer oscillation option. • neighbor maximum prefix - Configures the maximum number of peers supported by BGP. • neighbor – allow-autostop - Enables the auto stop option to stop the BGP peer and BGP connection automatically. • neighbor – transport connection-mode - Configures the BGP Peer Transport Connection status as active or passive. • neighbor <ip-address> peer-group – Adds the neighbor as a member of the specified peer group. • neighbor – connect-retrycount - Sets the retry count for the BGP peer. • show ip bgp summary – Displays the status of all BGP4 connections. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show ip bgp restart mode - Displays the restart mode of the BGP router and neighbors. • show ip bgp EndOfRIBMarkerStatus - Displays the End_Of_RIB marker status of the BGP router and neighbors. • show ip bgp restartexitreason - Displays the restart exit reason of the BGP. • show ip bgp restartsupport - Displays the restart support of the BGP. • show ip bgp restartstatus - Displays the restart status of the BGP. • show ip bgp timers - Displays the value of BGP timers. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • show ip bgp peer-group – Displays information about the peer group. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • neighbor - tcp-ao - Sets BGP peer TCP-AO configurations. •
neighbor - tcp-ao mkt
- Associates a TCP-AO MKT to the BGP peer. •
neighbor tcp-ao mkt -
start-accept - Configures the start accept value for the MKT
for the specified BGP peer. •
neighbor tcp-ao mkt - stop-accept
- Configures the stop accept value for the MKT for the specified BGP peer. •
neighbor tcp-ao mkt - start-generate
- Configures the start generate value for the MKT for the specified BGP peer. •
neighbor tcp-ao mkt - stop-generate
- Configures the stop generate value for the MKT for the specified BGP peer. • ip bgp four-byte-asn - Enables 4-byte ASN support in BGP or in the specified VRF instance created in the system. • bgp asnotation dot - Changes the output format of BGP ASNs from asplain to asdot notation. • show ip bgp - tcp-ao neighbor - Displays the TCP-AO information for the specified BGP peer. • show bgp ipv6 tcp-ao neighbor - Displays the BGP(v6) neighbor TCP-AO related information. • neighbor fall-over bfd - Enables BFD monitoring for the peer IP address or peer group name. • neighbor - as-override - Enables the override capability for the CE peer. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the default capabilities associated with the address-family
of the peer. If the capabilities negotiated with the peer are modified due to
enabling of the default capabilities, the connection with the peer will be
restarted. The default local capabilities for IPv4 peer are “IPv4
Unicast” and “Route Refresh”. The default local capabilities for IPv6 peer
are “IPv6 Unicast” and “Route Refresh” The no
form of the command resets the peer after disabling the default capabilities
associated with the address-family of the peer. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address|peer-group-name> activate no neighbor <ip-address> activate |
Parameter Description |
•
<ip-address>
- Enables default
capabilities for the specified BGP peer's IP address. •
<peer-group-name>
- Enables default
capabilities for the specified BGP peer group. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 activate |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. •
show ip bgp peer-group
– Displays information about the peer group.
• address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • neighbor fall-over bfd - Enables BFD monitoring for the peer IP address or peer group name. • address-family vpnv4 - Enables configuration of the session that carries standard vpnv4 address prefixes. |
Command Objective |
This command enables BGP to establish connection with external peers residing on networks that are not directly connected. By default external BGP peers need to be directly connected. If external BGP peers are not connected directly, then EBGP-Multihop is enabled to initiate the connection with that external peer. If EBGP-Multihop is disabled and external BGP peers are indirectly connected, then BGP peer session will not be established. The no form of the command disables the peer EBGP-Multihop feature. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name>
ebgp-multihop ebgp-multihop [ttl] no neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name>
ebgp-multihop |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the IP address of the BGP-speaking neighbor. • <peer-group-name> - Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command. • ttl - Configures the maximum hop limit that is allowed for indirect BGP session. This value ranges from 1 to 255. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
EBGP
Multihop is disabled. ttl-1 |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 ebgp-multihop ttl 20 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • show ip bgp peer-group – Displays information about the peer group. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the router as the next hop for BGP-speaking neighbor or peer group and enables BGP to send itself as the next hop for advertised routes. Administrator uses this command to make BGP Speaker fill its address when advertising routes to the BGP peer. This command is useful in non-meshed networks where BGP neighbors may not have direct access to all other neighbors on the same IP subnet. The no form of the command resets the peer nexthop-self
status to default. The next hop will be generated based on the IP address of
the destination and the present next hop in the route information. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name> next-hop-self no neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name>
next-hop-self |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the IP address of the BGP peer. • <peer-group-name> - Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 next-hop-self |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • show ip bgp peer-group – Displays information about the peer group. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • address-family vpnv4 - Enables configuration of the session that carries standard vpnv4 address prefixes. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the minimum neighbor interval between the sending of BGP routing updates. The no
form of the command configures the neighbor interval to its default value. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name>
{advertisement-interval <seconds(1-65535)> | as-origination-interval
<seconds(1-65535)> | connect-retry-interval <seconds(1-65535)>} no neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name>
{advertisement-interval | as-origination-interval | connect-retry-interval} |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the IP address of the BGP peer • <peer-group-name> - Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command. • advertisement-interval<seconds(1-65535)> - Configures the advertisement interval which is the time-interval (in seconds) for spacing advertisements of successive external route-updates to the same destination. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • as-origination-interval<seconds(1-65535)> - Configures the AS origination interval which is the time-interval (in seconds) for spacing successive route-updates originating within the same AS. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. • connect-retry-interval<seconds(1-65535)> - Configures the time interval (in seconds) after which a transport connection with peer is re-initiated. This value ranges from 1 to 65535. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
• advertisement-interval - 30 seconds for EBGP Connections, 5 seconds for IBGP Connections • as-origination-interval - 15 seconds • connect-retry-interval - 30 seconds |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 advertisement-interval 45 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • show ip bgp timers - Displays the value of BGP timers. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This command configures neighbor KeepAlive Time and Hold Time Intervals and sets the timers for a specific BGP peer or peer group. The no form of the command configures the neighbor KeepAlive Time and Hold Time Intervals to its default value. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name> timers
{keepalive < (1-21845) seconds> | holdtime < (3-65535) seconds> |
delayopentime <(0-65535)seconds>} no neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name> timers
{keepalive | holdtime| delayopentime} |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the BGP peer or peer group IP address. • <peer-group-name> - Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command. • keepalive < (1-21845) seconds> - Configures the keep-alive interval (in seconds) or frequency with keep-alive messages are sent to its peer for the peer session. The keep-alive value must always be less than the configured hold-time value. This value ranges from 1 to 21845. • holdtime < (3-65535) seconds> - Configures the hold-time interval (in seconds) for the peer, which is sent in the OPEN message to the peer. This is the time interval in seconds for the Hold Time configured for BGP Speaker with the peer. The system declares a peer dead, after ensuring that keep-alive message is not received within this time period from the peer. This value ranges from 3 to 65535 seconds. • delayopentime <(0-65535)seconds> - Configures the delay open time which is the amount of time that the BGP peer should delay in sending the OPEN message to the remote peer. This value ranges from 0 to 65535. Note:
The value 0 implies that the BGP peer can send an
OPEN message without any delay to its neighbor. |
Mode |
BGP Router
Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
•
keepalive - 30 seconds •
holdtime - 90 seconds •
Delayopentime - 0 seconds |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 timers keepalive 40 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • show ip bgp timers - Displays the value of BGP timers. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This command disables the peer session and terminates any active session for the specified neighbor or peer group and removes all associated routing information. In the case of a peer group, a large number of peering sessions could be terminated suddenly. The no
form of the command enables the peer session for the specified
neighbor. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name> shutdown no neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name> shutdown |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the BGP peer’s IP address. • <peer-group-name> - Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 shutdown |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • show ip bgp peer-group – Displays information about the peer group. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the source-address for routing updates and allows
BGP sessions to use any operational interface for TCP connection establishment with a peer. The no
form of the command disables configured source-address for routing updates
and for TCP connection establishment with a peer. |
Syntax |
neighbor < ip-address > update-source
<random_str> no neighbor < ip-address > update-source
<random_str> |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the BGP peer’s IP address • <random_str> - Configures the IP address to be used as source for routing updates and TCP connection establishment. This IP address can be any interface address. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
The
source address is set as 0.0.0.0, and the TCP fills the source address of the
TCP session. |
Note:
|
This command executes only if peer is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 update-source 40.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures gateway router’s address that will be used as nexthop in
the routes advertised to the peer. This ensures that the traffic coming from
this peer is routed through the gateway configured. The no
form of the command resets the configured gateway router’s address. |
Syntax |
neighbor < ip-address > gateway <random_str> no neighbor < ip-address > gateway |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the BGP peer’s IP address. • <random_str> - Configures the IP address of the gateway to be used as next hop. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command executes only if peer is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 gateway 10.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • show ip bgp – Displays the BGP-related information. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures peer’s remote IPv6 network address for IPv4 peer and
peer’s remote IPv4 network address for IPv6 peer. The
peer’s network address carries the IPv6 network address if the peer’s remote
address is an IPv4 address. The peer’s network address carries the IPv4
network address if the peer’s remote address is an IPv6 address. The no form of the command resets network address
configured for the peer. |
Syntax |
neighbor < ip-address > network-address
<random_str> no neighbor < ip-address > network-address
<random_str> |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the BGP peer’s IP address. • <random_str> - Configures the Remote IP address of the peer. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
• This command executes only if peer is created and Peer AS is configured. • The peer’s remote network address can be configured only after configuring the peer’s remote address and the corresponding local interface. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 network-address 3399::11 SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 3399::11 network-address 23.45.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • show bgp ipv6 - Displays the BGPv6-related information. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables advertisement of the default route to the peer or
neighbor for use as a default route.
This command overrides the global default route configuration and sends a
default route to the peer with self next-hop. The
advertisement occurs irrespective of the presence of default route in FDB. This
command does not require the presence of 0.0.0.0 in the local router. When
used with a route-map, the default route 0.0.0.0 is injected if the route-map
contains a match ip address clause. The route-map can contain other match
clauses also. The no
form of the command disables advertisement of the default route to the peer.
|
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address|peer-group-name>
default-originate no neighbor <ip-address|peer-group-name>
default-originate |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the BGP peer’s IP address. • <peer-group-name> - Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
The
advertisement of default route to the peer is disabled. |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 default-originate |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp info - Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This command
sends community attribute to a BGP
neighbor and enables
advertisement of community attributes (standard or extended) to the peer. The no
form of the command disables advertisement of community attributes (standard
or extended) to the peer. |
Syntax |
neighbor < ip-address|peer-group-name >
send-community {both | standard | extended} no neighbor < ip-address|peer-group-name >
send-community {both | standard |extended} |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the peer IP address. •
<peer-group-name>
- Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name
argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic
configured with this command. •
send-community -
Sends the communities to
the peer. ▪ both - Sends both standard and
extended communities to the peer. ▪ standard
- Sends only standard communities to the peer. ▪ extended - Sends only extended communities to the peer. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
send-community
- both |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 send-community both |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • address-family vpnv4 - Enables configuration of the session that carries standard vpnv4 address prefixes. |
Command Objective |
This command enables the specific BGP capability to be advertised and received from the peer. The no form of the command disables the capability for the
peer. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address|peer-group-name> capability
{ipv4-unicast|ipv6-unicast|route-refresh | orf prefix-list {send | receive |
both}} no neighbor <ip-address|peer-group-name> capability
{ipv4-unncast|ipv6-unicast|route-refresh | orf prefix-list {send | receive |
both}} IF VPLSADS_WANTED Flag is
enabled, neighbor <ip-address|peer-group-name> capability
{ipv4-unicast|ipv6-unicast|route-refresh | orf prefix-list {send | receive |
both} | l2vpn-vpls} no neighbor <ip-address|peer-group-name> {capability
ipv4-unicast|ipv6-unicast|route-refresh | orf prefix-list {send | receive |
both} } |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the BGP peer’s IP address. • <peer-group-name> - Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic configured with this command. • ipv4-unicast - Sets the IPv4 unicast address family capability. • ipv6-unicast - Sets the MP IPv6 unicast address family capability. • route-refresh - Sets the route refresh capability. • orf prefix-list - Enables address prefix-based Outbound Route Filter (ORF) for the specified BGP peer group. ▪ send - Enables ORF send capability. ▪ receive - Enables ORF receive capability. ▪ both - Enables both send and receive ORF capability. • l2vpn-vpls - Sets the peer capability for L2VPN address family. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
By default IPv4 unicast and route refresh capabilities are
enabled for a peer. |
Note:
|
This command executes only if Peer or Peer Group is created and Peer AS is configured. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 capability ipv4-unicast |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • neighbor - peer-group – Creates a peer group. • show ip bgp neighbor – Displays the neighbor configurations. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the peer type to whom non-BGP routes can be propagated and controls the advertisement of non-BGP routes either to the external peer or both internal and external peer. The no form of the command resets the non-BGP routes
advertisement policy to its default value. The administrator can effectively
control the advertisement of the route learned through redistribution. |
Syntax |
bgp nonbgproute-advt <external|both> no bgp nonbgproute-advt |
Parameter Description |
•
external - Indicates that the non-BGP routes
can be exported only to external peers. All types of non-BGP routes
can be propagated to external peers. •
both - Indicates that the non-BGP routes
can be propagated to both internal and external peers. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
both |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp nonbgproute-advt both |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. |
Command Objective |
This command controls redistribution of direct, static, and RIP routes into BGP and configures the protocol from which the routes have to be redistributed into BGP after applying the specified route-map. If this is set to enable, only the routes from the protocols are imported into BGP and BGP routes will not be distributed. If this is set as disable, then the routes learned from protocols are removed from BGP and no route is distributed. The no
form of the command disables the redistribution of routes from the given
protocol into BGP. The route-map is dissociated from the redistribution, if
the no form of the command specifies the route-map. |
Syntax |
redistribute {static | connected | rip | all} [route-map
<string(20)>] [metric <integer>] no redistribute { static | connected | rip | all }
[route-map <string(20)>] [metric] |
Parameter Description |
•
static - Redistributes routes, configured
statically, in the BGP routing process. •
connected - Redistributes directly connected
networks routes, in the BGP routing process. •
rip - Redistributes routes that are learned by the RIP process, in the
BGP routing process. •
all - Redistributes routes, that are learned
by all processes (RIP, statically configured, and connected routes), in the
BGP routing process. • route-map <string(20)> - Identifies the specified route-map in the list of route-maps during redistribution of routes to BGP. If this is not specified, all routes are redistributed. This value is a string with the maximum size of 20. •
metric <integer>
- Specifies the metric value for the routes to redistribute to BGP. This
value ranges from 0 to 4294967295. If the metric value is not specified,
default metric value is considered. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
Redistribution is disabled. |
Note:
|
Redistribution can be configured for only one route-map. Another route-map can be assigned, only if the already assigned route-map is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# redistribute all route-map rm metric 500 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. •
show ip bgp info –
Displays the general information about BGP protocol. •
address-family - Enters the router into the
address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command adds non-BGP IP routes imported into the BGP RIB and allows
importing a static route into BGP, after updating the RIB tree If there is
any change in the best route selected, then the route is updated to the
Common Forwarding table. |
Note:
|
This command is available only if RTM is disabled. |
Syntax |
import route ip-address prefixlen nexthop metric ifindex
protocol action route-count |
Parameter Description |
• ip-address - Configures the prefix of the route to be imported. • prefixlen - Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are common among all hosts within a network. This value ranges from 1 to 32. • nexthop - Configures the Nexthop IP address for the route. • metric - Configures the metric value for the routes being imported. This value ranges from 1 to 2147483647. • ifindex - Configures the interface index of the route. This value ranges from 1 to 2147483647. • protocol - Configures the protocol value for the non-BGP routes. The values can be: ▪ 2 – Local ▪ 3 – Static ▪ 8 – RIP ▪ 13 – OSPF Note:
Only Static routes (protocol 3) can be added through
Common Forwarding table. All non-BGP protocol (Local, Static, RIP, and OSPF)
routes can be viewed. • action - Controls addition or deletion of the non-BGP routes. The options are as follows: ▪ Add – Specifies the addition of non-BGP routes. ▪ Delete- Specifies the deletion of non-BGP routes. • route-count - Configures the number of routes to be imported. |
Mode |
BGP Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# import route 23.45.0.1 10 23.45.0.10 10 2 3 add 4 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. |
Command Objective |
This
command enables the comparison of Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) for routes
received from different autonomous systems. The MED is one of the parameters
that is considered when selecting the best path among many alternative paths.
The path with a lower MED is preferred over a path with a higher MED. The no
form of the command disables the comparison of MED for routes received from
different autonomous systems. MED will be compared only for routes from same
neighboring autonomous system. |
Syntax |
bgp always-compare-med no bgp always-compare-med |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
The comparison of MED for routes received from different autonomous systems is disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp always-compare-med |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the default IGP metric value for routes redistributed into BGP with the redistribute command. A default metric can be configured to solve the problem of redistributing routes with incompatible metrics. Assigning the default metric will allow redistribution to occur. This value ranges from 0 to 2147483647. The no
form of the command resets the Default IGP Metric value to its default value
0. If configured to 0, the metric received from the IGP route will be
used. If configured to any other value, the MED value of the redistributed
routes take this value. This value will have no effect on the direct routes. |
Syntax |
default-metric <Default Metric Value(0-2147483647)> no default-metric |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
0 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# default-metric 300 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp info – Displays the general information about BGP protocol. |
Command Objective |
This command configures an entry in BGP4 MED table and contains the MED values that are to be assigned to routes. The no
form of the command deletes the entry from MED table and BGP4 MED
table. The entry will not be matched when the MED value for an update is
calculated, if the prefix length is set as zero. |
Syntax |
bgp med <1-100> remote-as <AS no>
<ip-address> <prefixlen> [intermediate-as <AS-no list-
AS1,AS2,...>] value <value> direction {in|out}[override] no bgp med <1-100> |
Parameter Description |
•
med <1-100>
- Configures the entry
containing information about the MED value. This value ranges from 1 to 100. • remote-as < AS no > - Configures the autonomous system number that identifies the BGP router to other routers and tags the routing information passed along. This value ranges from 0 to 4294967295 or 0.1 to 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is enabled, this value ranges
from 0 to 4294967295 or between 0.0 and 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is disabled, this value ranges
from 0 to 65535 or between 0.0 and 0.65535. Note:
When bgp asnotation is enabled, the AS number of
the BGP Speaker is displayed in the range 0.0 to 65535.65535. Note:
A value of zero indicates
that this entry is not valid and will not be matched when the MED value for
an update is calculated. •
<ip-address>
- Configures the route-prefix
on which MED policy needs to be applied. • <prefixlen> - Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. This is the length of the IP address prefix in the Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) field. These bits are common among all hosts within a network. This value ranges from 0 to 32. Note:
A value of zero indicates
that this entry is not valid and will not be matched when the MED value for
an update is calculated. •
intermediate-as<AS-no list-
AS1,AS2,...> - Configures the sequence of
intermediate autonomous system numbers through which the route update is
expected to travel. This is a comma-separated list of AS numbers that
are to be checked against the AS_PATH attribute of the updates. This value is a string with a
maximum size of 100. •
value <value>
- Configures the value
assigned to the MED attribute for the route present in NLRI. This value ranges from 0 to
2147483647. •
direction - Configures the direction of
application of MED policy. ▪ in – Indicates that on received
route-update with other matching attributes like as-number, intermediate-as
numbers. ▪ out - Indicates that on route-update
that needs to be advertised to peer. •
override - Decides whether the configured
MED value will override the received MED value. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address
Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
• remote-as - 0 • Prefixlen - 0 • direction - In • Value - 0 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp med 5 remote-as 200 212.23.45.0 24 intermediate-as 150 value 50 direction in override |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp med – Displays the contents of MED table. • ip bgp four-byte-asn - Enables 4-byte ASN support in BGP or in the specified VRF instance created in the system. • bgp asnotation dot - Changes the output format of BGP ASNs from asplain to asdot notation. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures an entry in the Local Preference table. This table
contains the value that is to be assigned to the Local Preference attribute. The no
form of the command deletes the entry from Local Preference table. |
Syntax |
bgp local-preference <1-100> remote-as <AS no>
<ip-address> <prefixlen> [intermediate-as <AS-no list-
AS1,AS2,...>] value <value> direction {in|out} [override] no bgp local-preference <1-100> |
Parameter Description |
•
local-preference <1-100>
- Configures the local
preference index. This value ranges from 1 to 100. • remote-as <AS no> - Specifies the remote autonomous system number for which the local preference is associated. This value ranges from 0 to 4294967295 or 0.0 to 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is enabled, this value ranges
from 0 to 4294967295 or between 0.0 and 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is disabled, this value ranges
from 0 to 65535. or between 0.0 and 0.65535. Note:
When bgp asnotation is enabled, the AS number of
the BGP Speaker is displayed in the range 0.0 to 65535.65535. •
<ip-address>
- Configures the route
prefix in the Network Layer Reachability Information on which local
preference policy needs to be applied. The input route IP address can be an
IPv4 or an IPv6 address. •
<prefixlen>
- Configures the number of
high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are common among all hosts
within a network. This value ranges from 0 to 32 for IPv4 address and 0 to
128 for IPv6 address. Note:
A value of zero indicates
that the entry is not valid and will not be matched when the local preference
value for an update is calculated. •
intermediate-as<AS-no list-
AS1,AS2,...> - Configures the sequence of
intermediate AS numbers through which the route update is expected to travel
or a comma separated list of AS numbers that are to be checked against
the AS_PATH attribute of the updates. This value is a list with a maximum
size of 100. •
value <value>
- Configures the local
preference value that needs to be associated with the route-update. This
value ranges from 0 to 2147483647. •
direction - Specifies the direction of
the application of local
preference policy with which the entry is to be associated. ▪ in – Indicates that on received
route-update with other matching attributes like as-number, intermediate-as
numbers. ▪ out - Indicates that on route-update that needs to be advertised to peer. •
override - Decides whether configured local
preference value overrides the received local preference value. If this
keyword is not specified, then the received value will have precedence over the
configured value. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
• remote-as - 0 • direction - in • Value - 100 • ip-address - 0.0.0.0 • prefixlen - 0 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp local-preference 5 remote-as 200 21.3.0.0 16 intermediate-as 150 value 250 direction out override |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp local-pref – Displays the contents of Local Preference table. • ip bgp four-byte-asn - Enables 4-byte ASN support in BGP or in the specified VRF instance created in the system. • bgp asnotation dot - Changes the output format of BGP ASNs from asplain to asdot notation. |
Command Objective |
This command configures an entry in Update Filter Table which contains rules to filter out updates based on the AS from which it is received, Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI), and AS through which it had passed. The no form of the command deletes the entry from Update Filter Table. |
Syntax |
bgp update-filter <1-100> {permit|deny} remote-as
<AS no> <ip-address> <prefixlen> [intermediate-as <AS-no
list-AS1,AS2,...>] direction {in|out} no bgp update-filter <1-100> |
Parameter Description |
•
update-filter <1-100>
- Configures the entry containing information about the updates that are to
be filtered. This value ranges from 1 to 100. •
permit - Allows the route to pass filter
policy test. •
deny - Filters the routes when it passes
through filter policy test. • remote-as <AS no> - Configures the autonomous system number that identifies the BGP router to other routers and tags the routing information passed along. This value ranges from 0 to 4294967295 or 0.1 to 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is enabled, this value ranges
from 0 to 4294967295 or between 0.0 and 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is disabled, this value ranges
from 0 to 65535. or between 0.0 and 0.65535. Note:
When bgp asnotation is enabled, the AS number of
the BGP Speaker is displayed in the range 0.0 to 65535.65535. •
<ip-address>
- Configures route prefix in the Network Layer Reachability Information on which the filter needs to be
applied • <prefixlen> - Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are common among all hosts within a network. This value ranges from 0 to 32. Note:
The NLRI field will not be matched if the prefix
length is set as zero. •
intermediate-as <AS-no
list-AS1,AS2,...> - Configures the sequence of intermediate AS numbers through which
the route update is expected to travel or a comma separated list of AS
numbers that are to be checked against the AS_PATH attribute of the updates. This
value is a list with a maximum size of 100. •
direction - Specifies the direction of
the application of filters with
which the entry is to be associated. ▪ in – Indicates that on received
route-update with other matching attributes like as-number, intermediate-as
nos. ▪ out - Indicates that on route-update
that needs to be advertised to peer. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
• remote-as - 0 • direction - in • ip-address - 0.0.0.0 • prefixlen - 0 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp update-filter 6 deny remote-as 145 72.93.0.0 14 intermediate-as 150 direction in |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp filters – Displays the contents of filter table. • ip bgp four-byte-asn - Enables 4-byte ASN support in BGP or in the specified VRF instance created in the system. • bgp asnotation dot - Changes the output format of BGP ASNs from asplain to asdot notation. |
Command Objective |
This command creates an aggregate entry in a BGP or multiprotocol BGP routing table if any more-specific BGP or multiprotocol BGP routes are available that fall in the specified range. The entries in the table specify the IP address based on which the routing information has to be aggregated. The aggregate route will be advertised as coming from autonomous system. The atomic aggregate attribute will be set only if some of the information in the AS PATH is missing in the aggregated route, else it will not be set. The no form of the command deletes the specified entry from the Aggregate table. |
Syntax |
aggregate-address index <1-100> <ip-address>
<prefixlen> [summary-only] [as-set] [suppress-map map-name]
[advertise-map map-name] [attribute-map map-name] no aggregate-address index <1-100> |
Parameter Description |
• index <1-100> - Configures the entry containing information about the IP address on which the aggregation has to be done. This value ranges from 1 to 100. • <ip-address> - Configures route prefix in the Network Layer Reachability Information on which aggregate policy needs to be applied. • <prefixlen> - Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are common among all hosts within a network. This value ranges from 0 to 32 for IPv4 address and between 0 and 128 for IPv6 address. • summary-only - Specifies that aggregated (summarized) route alone will be sent to the peers. Note:
If this is not specified , both the summary and
the more-specific routes based on which the summary entry was generated are
be advertised to the peers. •
as-set - Generates autonomous system set
path information. •
suppress-map map-name
- Specifies the name of the route-map used to select the routes to be
suppressed. The route-map contains the rules for suppressing the
more-specific routes in forming the aggregate route. When suppress-map
configuration is used along with summary-only option, summary-only
configuration command does not have any effect. And the more-specific routes
that the suppress-map suppresses are not advertised. Other routes are
advertised in addition to the aggregated route. This value is a string with a
maximum length of 20. •
advertise-map map-name
- Specifies the name of the route-map used to select for forming aggregate
routes. The route-map contains the rules for selecting specific routes for
aggregation. Other routes are advertised. When advertise-map is used, only
advertise-map influences the creation of aggregate entry. In absence of
advertise-map, the aggregate route inherits the attributes of the more
specific routes, both suppressed and unsuppressed. This value is a string
with a maximum length of 20. • attribute-map map-name - Specifies the name of the route-map used to form the attribute of the aggregate route. The route-map contains the rules for setting the attributes for the aggregated route. When attribute-map and advertise-map, along with autonomous system set path information, are enabled and other configurations, the attribute-map overrides the attribute that is formed with the routes selected by the advertise-map. This value is a string with a maximum length of 20. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
The IP address and the prefix length can be configured, only if the aggregate admin status of the BGP is down. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# aggregate-address index 1 21.1.0.0 16 summary-only |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp aggregate – Displays the contents of Aggregate table. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the Cluster ID for the Router Reflector of the BGP cluster
which has more than one route reflector. This value ranges from 1 to
4294967295. Usually in a cluster of clients with single route reflector the cluster is identified by the router ID of the route reflector. In order to increase redundancy and avoid a single point of failure, a cluster might have more than one route reflector. In this case, all route reflectors in the cluster must be configured with the 4-byte cluster ID so that a route reflector can recognize updates from route reflectors in the same cluster. The no
form of the command resets the Cluster ID for the route reflector. |
Syntax |
bgp cluster-id {cluster id value ip_address/integer} no bgp cluster-id |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp cluster-id 10.0.0.1 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp rfl info – Displays information about RFL feature. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the route reflector to support route reflection to client
peers. By default, the clients of a route reflector are not required
to be fully meshed and the routes from a client are reflected to other
clients. If the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not required. The no
form of the command disables client-to-client reflection. If disabled, then route
reflector will not advertise routes learned from a client peer to other
client peers. This occurs when all peers within a cluster are fully meshed
and the client peer itself is able to advertise routes to other clients of
the route reflector. |
Syntax |
bgp client-to-client reflection no bgp client-to-client reflection |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro |
Default |
Route reflector will reflect routes learned from a client
peer to all other client peers. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp client-to-client reflection |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp rfl info – Displays information about RFL feature. |
Command Objective |
This
command controls client-to-client reflection and configures the specified peer as client of the route
reflector. All the neighbors configured with this command will be
members of the client group and the remaining IBGP peers will be members of
the non-client group for the local route reflector. The no
form of the command resets the peer as conventional BGP peer. |
Syntax |
neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name>
route-reflector-client no neighbor <ip-address | peer-group-name>
route-reflector-client |
Parameter Description |
• <ip-address> - Configures the peer’s remote IP address of the BGP neighbor being identified as a client. •
<peer-group-name>
- Configures a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name
argument. The members of the peer group will inherit the characteristic
configured with this command. Note:
This feature has been included to adhere to the
Industry Standard CLI syntax. This feature is currently not supported. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Note:
|
This command executes only if peer is created. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# neighbor 23.45.0.1 route-reflector-client |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • neighbor - remote-as – Creates a peer and initiates the connection to the peer. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp rfl info – Displays information about RFL feature. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures an entry in additive or delete-community table for
a given destination. The no
form of the command removes the entry from additive or delete-community
table. |
Syntax |
bgp comm-route {additive|delete} <ip-address>
<prefixlen> comm-value <4294967041-4294967043,65536-4294901759> no bgp comm-route {additive|delete} <ip-address>
<prefixlen> comm-value <4294967041-4294967043,65536-4294901759> |
Parameter Description |
•
additive - Adds associated community value
with the already existing communities in the route update. •
delete - Removes the community attribute
from the route-prefix when it passes through the filter process. •
<ip-address>
- Configures the route
prefix on which community policy needs to be applied. •
<prefixlen>
- Configures the IP prefix length for the destination. These bits are common
among all hosts within a network.
This value ranges from 1 to 32. •
comm-value
<4294967041-4294967043,65536-4294901759> - Configures the community
attribute value. This value ranges from 4294967041 to 4294967043 or from
65536 to 4294901759. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp comm-route additive 24.5.0.0 16 comm-value 429490 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp community– Displays the contents of route, peer, filter, and policy community tables. |
Command Objective |
This
command allows or filters the community attribute while receiving or
advertising. The rules to filter out the updates are based on the AS
from which it is received, NLRI, and AS through which it had passed. The no
form of the command removes the filter policy for the community attribute. |
Syntax |
bgp comm-filter
<comm-value(4294967041-4294967043,65536-4294901759)>
<permit|deny> <in|out> no bgp comm-filter
<comm-value(4294967041-4294967043,65536-4294901759)>
<permit|deny> <in|out> |
Parameter Description |
•
comm-value(4294967041-4294967043,65536-4294901759)>
- Configures
the community attribute value. This value ranges from 4294967041 to
4294967043 or from 65536 to 4294901759. •
permit - Allows a particular community
attribute to be received or advertised in updates. •
deny - Filters the routes containing the
community attribute value in received or advertised updates. •
in - Configures the direction of route-updates
on which the community filter policy needs to be applied as in. This indicates that the
community filter needs to be applied on received routes. •
out - Configures the direction of
route-updates on which the community filter policy needs to be applied as out. This indicates that the
community filter needs to be applied on routes advertised to peers. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
permit |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp comm-filter 75100 deny in |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp community – Displays the contents of route, peer, filter, and policy community tables. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the community attribute advertisement policy for a specific
destination. The no
form of the command removes the community attribute advertisement policy for a
specific destination. |
Syntax |
bgp comm-policy <ip-address> <prefixlen>
<set-add|set-none|modify> no bgp comm-policy <ip-address> <prefixlen> |
Parameter Description |
•
<ip-address>
- Configures the route
prefix on which community policy needs to be applied. •
<prefixlen>
- Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are
common among all hosts within a network. This value ranges from 1 to 32. •
set-add - Sends only the configured
additive communities with associated route. •
set-none - Sends the associated route
without any communities. •
modify - Removes the associated route with
received delete communities and adds the configured additive communities. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro |
Default |
modify |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp comm-policy 24.5.0.0 10 set-none |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp community– Displays the contents of policy community tables. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures an entry in additive or delete extended community table. The no
form of the command removes the entry from additive or delete-extended
community table. |
Syntax |
bgp ecomm-route {additive|delete} <ip-address>
<prefixlen> ecomm-value <value(xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx)> no bgp ecomm-route {additive|delete} <ip-address>
<prefixlen> ecomm-value <value(xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx)> |
Parameter Description |
•
additive - Adds associated extended
community value with the already existing communities in the route updates. •
delete - Removes the extended community
attribute from the route prefix when it passes through the filter process. •
<ip-address>
- Configures the route
prefix on which extended community policy needs to be applied. •
<prefixlen>
- Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are
common among all hosts within a network. This value ranges from 1 to 32. •
ecomm-value
<value(xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx)> - Configures the Extended Community
Attribute Value. This is an octet string value. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp ecomm-route additive 12.0.0.0 2 ecomm-value 01:01:22:33:44:55:66:77 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp extcommunity – Displays the contents of route ext-community route tables. |
Command Objective |
This
command allows or filters the extended community attribute while receiving or advertising. The no
form of the command removes the filter policy for the extended community attribute. |
Syntax |
bgp ecomm-filter
<ecomm-value(xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx)> {permit|deny} {in|out} no bgp ecomm-filter
<ecomm-value(xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx)> {permit|deny} {in|out} |
Parameter Description |
•
<ecomm-value(xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx)>
- Configures the extended
community value. This is an octet string value in the form
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. •
permit - Allows the route-update with the
associated extended community value to pass the filter test. •
deny - Denies the route-update with the
associated extended community value to pass the filter test. •
in - Configures the incoming direction
of applied filter. •
out - Configures the outgoing direction
of applied filter. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
permit |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp ecomm-filter 01:01:22:33:23:43:44:22 deny in |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp extcommunity – Displays the contents of ext-community route table. |
Command Objective |
This
command configures the extended community attribute advertisement policy for a
specific destination. The no
form of the command removes the extended community attribute advertisement
policy for a specific destination. |
Syntax |
bgp ecomm-policy <ip-address> <prefixlen >
<set-add|set-none|modify> no bgp ecomm-policy <ip-address> <prefixlen> |
Parameter Description |
•
<ip-address> -
Configures the route prefix
on which extended community policy needs to be applied. •
<prefixlen>
- Configures the number of high-order bits in the IP address. These bits are
common among all hosts within a network. This value ranges from 1 to 32. •
set-add - Sends associated route with
configured additive-extended communities only. •
set-none - Sends the associated route
without any extended-communities. •
modify - Strips the associated route with
received delete-extended communities and adds the configured additive-extended
communities. |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp ecomm-policy 12.0.0.0 14 set-add |
Default |
modify |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. • show ip bgp extcommunity – Displays the contents of policy ext-community route tables. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the BGP confederation identifier which specifies the confederation to which the autonomous systems belong to. This value ranges from 1 to 4294967295 or 0.1 to 65535.65535. The no
form of the command removes the configured BGP confederation identifier and
resets the identifier to its default value. Note:
If this value is already
configured to a non-zero value, it must be reset to zero (using no form of
the command) before reconfiguring. Note:
When four-bit-asn is enabled, this value ranges
from 1 to 4294967295 or between 0.1 and 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is disabled, this value ranges
from 1 to 65535 or between 0.1 and 0.65535. Note:
When bgp asnotation is enabled, the AS number of
the BGP Speaker is displayed in the range 0.1 to 65535.65535. Note:
|
Syntax |
bgp confederation identifier <AS no> no bgp confederation identifier |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro |
Default |
0 |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp confederation identifier 1000 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • address-family - Enters the router into the address-family router configuration mode. •
show ip bgp confed info
– Displays information about confederation feature. • ip bgp four-byte-asn - Enables 4-byte ASN support in BGP or in the specified VRF instance created in the system. •
bgp asnotation dot
- Changes the output format of BGP ASNs from asplain to asdot notation. |
Command Objective |
This command configures the autonomous systems that belong to the confederation. The autonomous systems specified in this command are visible internally to a confederation. Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself. This value ranges from 1 to 4294967295 or 0.1 to 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is enabled, this value ranges
from 1 to 4294967295 or between 0.1 and 65535.65535. Note:
When four-bit-asn is disabled, this value ranges
from 1 to 65535 or between 0.1 and 0.65535. Note:
When bgp asnotation is enabled, the AS number of
the BGP Speaker is displayed in the range 0.1 to 65535.65535. The no
form of the command removes the autonomous systems from the confederation. |
Syntax |
bgp confederation peers <AS no> no bgp confederation peers <AS no> |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
By default no AS will be added to the confederation. |
Note:
|
This command executes only if the peer AS number is not equal to BGP Speaker Local AS number. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp confederation peers 100 |
Related
Command(s) |
• router bgp – Sets the AS number of the BGP Speaker. • show ip bgp confed info – Displays information about confederation feature. • ip bgp four-byte-asn - Enables 4-byte ASN support in BGP or in the specified VRF instance created in the system. • bgp asnotation dot - Changes the output format of BGP ASNs from asplain to asdot notation. |
Command Objective |
This command enables MED comparison among paths learned from confederation peers. The comparison between MEDs is only made if there are no external autonomous systems in the path. If there is an external autonomous system in the path, then the external MED is passed transparently through the confederation, and the comparison is not made. The no
form of the command disables MED comparison among paths learned from confederation
peers and prevent the software from considering the MED attribute in
comparing paths. |
Syntax |
bgp bestpath med confed no bgp bestpath med confed |
Mode |
BGP
Router Configuration Mode / Address Family Router Configuration Mode |
Package |
Enterprise
and Metro_E |
Default |
In BGP route selection algorithm, MED attributes
comparison between two routes originating within the local confederation is
disabled. |
Example |
SEFOS(config-router)# bgp bestpath med confed |
Related
Command(s) |